macosx/Controller.m

   1 /* $Id: Controller.mm,v 1.79 2005/11/04 19:41:32 titer Exp $
   2
   3    This file is part of the HandBrake source code.
   4    Homepage: <http://handbrake.fr/>.
   5    It may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public License. */
   6
   7 #import "Controller.h"
   8 #import "HBOutputPanelController.h"
   9 #import "HBPreferencesController.h"
  10 #import "HBDVDDetector.h"
  11 #import "HBPresets.h"
  12 #import "HBPreviewController.h"
  13
  14 #define DragDropSimplePboardType        @"MyCustomOutlineViewPboardType"
  15
  16 /* We setup the toolbar values here ShowPreviewIdentifier */
  17 static NSString *        ToggleDrawerIdentifier             = @"Toggle Drawer Item Identifier";
  18 static NSString *        StartEncodingIdentifier            = @"Start Encoding Item Identifier";
  19 static NSString *        PauseEncodingIdentifier            = @"Pause Encoding Item Identifier";
  20 static NSString *        ShowQueueIdentifier                = @"Show Queue Item Identifier";
  21 static NSString *        AddToQueueIdentifier               = @"Add to Queue Item Identifier";
  22 static NSString *        ShowPictureIdentifier             = @"Show Picture Window Item Identifier";
  23 static NSString *        ShowPreviewIdentifier             = @"Show Preview Window Item Identifier";
  24 static NSString *        ShowActivityIdentifier             = @"Debug Output Item Identifier";
  25 static NSString *        ChooseSourceIdentifier             = @"Choose Source Item Identifier";
  26
  27
  28 /*******************************
  29  * HBController implementation *
  30  *******************************/
  31 @implementation HBController
  32
  33 - (id)init
  34 {
  35     self = [super init];
  36     if( !self )
  37     {
  38         return nil;
  39     }
  40
  41     /* replace bundled app icon with one which is 32/64-bit savvy */
  42 #if defined( __LP64__ )
  43     fApplicationIcon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:[[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForImageResource:@"HandBrake-64.icns"]];
  44 #else
  45     fApplicationIcon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:[[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForImageResource:@"HandBrake.icns"]];
  46 #endif
  47     if( fApplicationIcon != nil )
  48         [NSApp setApplicationIconImage:fApplicationIcon];
  49
  50     [HBPreferencesController registerUserDefaults];
  51     fHandle = NULL;
  52     fQueueEncodeLibhb = NULL;
  53     /* Check for check for the app support directory here as
  54      * outputPanel needs it right away, as may other future methods
  55      */
  56     NSString *libraryDir = [NSSearchPathForDirectoriesInDomains( NSLibraryDirectory,
  57                                                                 NSUserDomainMask,
  58                                                                 YES ) objectAtIndex:0];
  59     AppSupportDirectory = [[libraryDir stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Application Support"]
  60                            stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"HandBrake"];
  61     if( ![[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:AppSupportDirectory] )
  62     {
  63         [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createDirectoryAtPath:AppSupportDirectory
  64                                                    attributes:nil];
  65     }
  66     /* Check for and create the App Support Preview directory if necessary */
  67     NSString *PreviewDirectory = [AppSupportDirectory stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Previews"];
  68     if( ![[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:PreviewDirectory] )
  69     {
  70         [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createDirectoryAtPath:PreviewDirectory
  71                                                    attributes:nil];
  72     }
  73     outputPanel = [[HBOutputPanelController alloc] init];
  74     fPictureController = [[PictureController alloc] init];
  75     fQueueController = [[HBQueueController alloc] init];
  76     fAdvancedOptions = [[HBAdvancedController alloc] init];
  77     /* we init the HBPresets class which currently is only used
  78      * for updating built in presets, may move more functionality
  79      * there in the future
  80      */
  81     fPresetsBuiltin = [[HBPresets alloc] init];
  82     fPreferencesController = [[HBPreferencesController alloc] init];
  83     /* Lets report the HandBrake version number here to the activity log and text log file */
  84     NSString *versionStringFull = [[NSString stringWithFormat: @"Handbrake Version: %@", [[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleShortVersionString"]] stringByAppendingString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @" (%@)", [[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"]]];
  85     [self writeToActivityLog: "%s", [versionStringFull UTF8String]];
  86
  87     return self;
  88 }
  89
  90
  91 - (void) applicationDidFinishLaunching: (NSNotification *) notification
  92 {
  93     /* Init libhb with check for updates libhb style set to "0" so its ignored and lets sparkle take care of it */
  94     int loggingLevel = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"LoggingLevel"] intValue];
  95     fHandle = hb_init(loggingLevel, 0);
  96     /* Optional dvd nav UseDvdNav*/
  97     hb_dvd_set_dvdnav([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"UseDvdNav"] boolValue]);
  98     /* Init a separate instance of libhb for user scanning and setting up jobs */
  99     fQueueEncodeLibhb = hb_init(loggingLevel, 0);
 100
 101         // Set the Growl Delegate
 102     [GrowlApplicationBridge setGrowlDelegate: self];
 103     /* Init others controllers */
 104     [fPictureController SetHandle: fHandle];
 105     [fPictureController   setHBController: self];
 106
 107     [fQueueController   setHandle: fQueueEncodeLibhb];
 108     [fQueueController   setHBController: self];
 109
 110     fChapterTitlesDelegate = [[ChapterTitles alloc] init];
 111     [fChapterTable setDataSource:fChapterTitlesDelegate];
 112     [fChapterTable setDelegate:fChapterTitlesDelegate];
 113
 114     /* setup the subtitles delegate and connections to table */
 115     fSubtitlesDelegate = [[HBSubtitles alloc] init];
 116     [fSubtitlesTable setDataSource:fSubtitlesDelegate];
 117     [fSubtitlesTable setDelegate:fSubtitlesDelegate];
 118     [fSubtitlesTable setRowHeight:25.0];
 119
 120     [fPresetsOutlineView setAutosaveName:@"Presets View"];
 121     [fPresetsOutlineView setAutosaveExpandedItems:YES];
 122
 123     dockIconProgress = 0;
 124
 125     /* Call UpdateUI every 1/2 sec */
 126     [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] addTimer:[NSTimer
 127                                           scheduledTimerWithTimeInterval:0.5 target:self
 128                                           selector:@selector(updateUI:) userInfo:nil repeats:YES]
 129                                  forMode:NSDefaultRunLoopMode];
 130
 131     // Open debug output window now if it was visible when HB was closed
 132     if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"OutputPanelIsOpen"])
 133         [self showDebugOutputPanel:nil];
 134
 135     // Open queue window now if it was visible when HB was closed
 136     if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"QueueWindowIsOpen"])
 137         [self showQueueWindow:nil];
 138
 139         [self openMainWindow:nil];
 140
 141     /* We have to set the bool to tell hb what to do after a scan
 142      * Initially we set it to NO until we start processing the queue
 143      */
 144      applyQueueToScan = NO;
 145
 146     /* Now we re-check the queue array to see if there are
 147      * any remaining encodes to be done in it and ask the
 148      * user if they want to reload the queue */
 149     if ([QueueFileArray count] > 0)
 150         {
 151         /* run  getQueueStats to see whats in the queue file */
 152         [self getQueueStats];
 153         /* this results in these values
 154          * fEncodingQueueItem = 0;
 155          * fPendingCount = 0;
 156          * fCompletedCount = 0;
 157          * fCanceledCount = 0;
 158          * fWorkingCount = 0;
 159          */
 160
 161         /*On Screen Notification*/
 162         NSString * alertTitle;
 163
 164         /* We check to see if there is already another instance of hb running.
 165          * Note: hbInstances == 1 means we are the only instance of HandBrake.app
 166          */
 167         if ([self hbInstances] > 1)
 168         {
 169         alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 170                          NSLocalizedString(@"There is already an instance of HandBrake running.", @"")];
 171         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
 172                                       alertTitle,
 173                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Reload Queue", nil),
 174                                       nil,
 175                                       nil,
 176                                       fWindow, self,
 177                                       nil, @selector(didDimissReloadQueue:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
 178                                       NSLocalizedString(@" HandBrake will now load up the existing queue.", nil));
 179         }
 180         else
 181         {
 182             if (fWorkingCount > 0)
 183             {
 184                 alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 185                               NSLocalizedString(@"HandBrake Has Detected %d Previously Encoding Item and %d Pending Item(s) In Your Queue.", @""),
 186                               fWorkingCount,fPendingCount];
 187             }
 188             else
 189             {
 190                 alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 191                               NSLocalizedString(@"HandBrake Has Detected %d Pending Item(s) In Your Queue.", @""),
 192                               fPendingCount];
 193             }
 194
 195             NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
 196                                       alertTitle,
 197                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Reload Queue", nil),
 198                                       nil,
 199                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Empty Queue", nil),
 200                                       fWindow, self,
 201                                       nil, @selector(didDimissReloadQueue:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
 202                                       NSLocalizedString(@" Do you want to reload them ?", nil));
 203         }
 204
 205     }
 206     else
 207     {
 208         /* We show whichever open source window specified in LaunchSourceBehavior preference key */
 209         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source"])
 210         {
 211             [self browseSources:nil];
 212         }
 213
 214         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source (Title Specific)"])
 215         {
 216             [self browseSources:(id)fOpenSourceTitleMMenu];
 217         }
 218     }
 219 }
 220
 221 - (int) hbInstances
 222 {
 223     /* check to see if another instance of HandBrake.app is running */
 224     NSArray *runningAppDictionaries = [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] launchedApplications];
 225     NSDictionary *aDictionary;
 226     int hbInstances = 0;
 227     for (aDictionary in runningAppDictionaries)
 228         {
 229         if ([[aDictionary valueForKey:@"NSApplicationName"] isEqualToString:@"HandBrake"])
 230                 {
 231             hbInstances++;
 232                 }
 233         }
 234     return hbInstances;
 235 }
 236
 237 - (void) didDimissReloadQueue: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
 238 {
 239     if (returnCode == NSAlertOtherReturn)
 240     {
 241         [self clearQueueAllItems];
 242         /* We show whichever open source window specified in LaunchSourceBehavior preference key */
 243         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source"])
 244         {
 245             [self browseSources:nil];
 246         }
 247
 248         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source (Title Specific)"])
 249         {
 250             [self browseSources:(id)fOpenSourceTitleMMenu];
 251         }
 252     }
 253     else
 254     {
 255         if ([self hbInstances] == 1)
 256         {
 257             [self setQueueEncodingItemsAsPending];
 258         }
 259         [self showQueueWindow:NULL];
 260     }
 261 }
 262
 263 - (NSApplicationTerminateReply) applicationShouldTerminate: (NSApplication *) app
 264 {
 265
 266
 267     hb_state_t s;
 268     hb_get_state( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
 269
 270     if ( s.state != HB_STATE_IDLE )
 271     {
 272         int result = NSRunCriticalAlertPanel(
 273                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Are you sure you want to quit HandBrake?", nil),
 274                                              NSLocalizedString(@"If you quit HandBrake your current encode will be reloaded into your queue at next launch. Do you want to quit anyway?", nil),
 275                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Quit", nil), NSLocalizedString(@"Don't Quit", nil), nil, @"A movie" );
 276
 277         if (result == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
 278         {
 279             return NSTerminateNow;
 280         }
 281         else
 282             return NSTerminateCancel;
 283     }
 284
 285     // Warn if items still in the queue
 286     else if ( fPendingCount > 0 )
 287     {
 288         int result = NSRunCriticalAlertPanel(
 289                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Are you sure you want to quit HandBrake?", nil),
 290                                              NSLocalizedString(@"There are pending encodes in your queue. Do you want to quit anyway?",nil),
 291                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Quit", nil), NSLocalizedString(@"Don't Quit", nil), nil);
 292
 293         if ( result == NSAlertDefaultReturn )
 294             return NSTerminateNow;
 295         else
 296             return NSTerminateCancel;
 297     }
 298
 299     return NSTerminateNow;
 300 }
 301
 302 - (void)applicationWillTerminate:(NSNotification *)aNotification
 303 {
 304
 305     [browsedSourceDisplayName release];
 306     [outputPanel release];
 307         [fQueueController release];
 308     [fPreviewController release];
 309     [fPictureController release];
 310     [fApplicationIcon release];
 311
 312     hb_close(&fHandle);
 313     hb_close(&fQueueEncodeLibhb);
 314     hb_global_close();
 315
 316 }
 317
 318
 319 - (void) awakeFromNib
 320 {
 321     [fWindow center];
 322     [fWindow setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:NO];
 323
 324     [fAdvancedOptions setView:fAdvancedView];
 325
 326     /* lets setup our presets drawer for drag and drop here */
 327     [fPresetsOutlineView registerForDraggedTypes: [NSArray arrayWithObject:DragDropSimplePboardType] ];
 328     [fPresetsOutlineView setDraggingSourceOperationMask:NSDragOperationEvery forLocal:YES];
 329     [fPresetsOutlineView setVerticalMotionCanBeginDrag: YES];
 330
 331     /* Initialize currentScanCount so HB can use it to
 332      evaluate successive scans */
 333         currentScanCount = 0;
 334
 335
 336     /* Init UserPresets .plist */
 337         [self loadPresets];
 338
 339     /* Init QueueFile .plist */
 340     [self loadQueueFile];
 341
 342     fRipIndicatorShown = NO;  // initially out of view in the nib
 343
 344     /* For 64 bit builds, the threaded animation in the progress
 345      * indicators conflicts with the animation in the advanced tab
 346      * for reasons not completely clear. jbrjake found a note in the
 347      * 10.5 dev notes regarding this possiblility. It was also noted
 348      * that unless specified, setUsesThreadedAnimation defaults to true.
 349      * So, at least for now we set the indicator animation to NO for
 350      * both the scan and regular progress indicators for both 32 and 64 bit
 351      * as it test out fine on both and there is no reason our progress indicators
 352      * should require their own thread.
 353      */
 354
 355     [fScanIndicator setUsesThreadedAnimation:NO];
 356     [fRipIndicator setUsesThreadedAnimation:NO];
 357
 358
 359
 360         /* Show/Dont Show Presets drawer upon launch based
 361      on user preference DefaultPresetsDrawerShow*/
 362         if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultPresetsDrawerShow"] > 0 )
 363         {
 364         [fPresetDrawer setDelegate:self];
 365         NSSize drawerSize = NSSizeFromString( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults]
 366                                                stringForKey:@"Drawer Size"] );
 367         if( drawerSize.width )
 368             [fPresetDrawer setContentSize: drawerSize];
 369                 [fPresetDrawer open];
 370         }
 371
 372     /* Initially set the dvd angle widgets to hidden (dvdnav only) */
 373     [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:YES];
 374     [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:YES];
 375
 376     /* Setup the start / stop popup */
 377     [fEncodeStartStopPopUp removeAllItems];
 378     [fEncodeStartStopPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"Chapters"];
 379     [fEncodeStartStopPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"Seconds"];
 380     [fEncodeStartStopPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"Frames"];
 381     /* Align the start / stop widgets with the chapter popups */
 382     [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField setFrameOrigin:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp frame].origin];
 383     [fSrcTimeEndEncodingField setFrameOrigin:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp frame].origin];
 384
 385     [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField setFrameOrigin:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp frame].origin];
 386     [fSrcFrameEndEncodingField setFrameOrigin:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp frame].origin];
 387
 388     /* Destination box*/
 389     NSMenuItem *menuItem;
 390     [fDstFormatPopUp removeAllItems];
 391     // MP4 file
 392     menuItem = [[fDstFormatPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP4 file" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
 393     [menuItem setTag: HB_MUX_MP4];
 394         // MKV file
 395     menuItem = [[fDstFormatPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MKV file" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
 396     [menuItem setTag: HB_MUX_MKV];
 397
 398     [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
 399
 400     [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
 401
 402         /* We enable the create chapters checkbox here since we are .mp4 */
 403         [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
 404         if ([fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 && [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultChapterMarkers"] > 0)
 405         {
 406                 [fCreateChapterMarkers setState: NSOnState];
 407         }
 408
 409
 410
 411
 412     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 413                                      @"%@/Desktop/Movie.mp4", NSHomeDirectory()]];
 414
 415     /* Video encoder */
 416     [fVidEncoderPopUp removeAllItems];
 417     [fVidEncoderPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"FFmpeg"];
 418
 419
 420     /* Video quality */
 421     [fVidTargetSizeField setIntValue: 700];
 422         [fVidBitrateField    setIntValue: 1000];
 423
 424     [fVidQualityMatrix   selectCell: fVidBitrateCell];
 425     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
 426
 427     /* Video framerate */
 428     [fVidRatePopUp removeAllItems];
 429         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle: NSLocalizedString( @"Same as source", @"" )];
 430     for( int i = 0; i < hb_video_rates_count; i++ )
 431     {
 432         if ([[NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.3f",23.976]])
 433                 {
 434                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 435                                              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (NTSC Film)"]];
 436                 }
 437                 else if ([[NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d",25]])
 438                 {
 439                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 440                                              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (PAL Film/Video)"]];
 441                 }
 442                 else if ([[NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f",29.97]])
 443                 {
 444                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 445                                              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (NTSC Video)"]];
 446                 }
 447                 else
 448                 {
 449                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 450              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string]];
 451                 }
 452     }
 453     [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
 454
 455         /* Set Auto Crop to On at launch */
 456     [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
 457
 458         /* Audio bitrate */
 459     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
 460     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_bitrates_count; i++ )
 461     {
 462         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 463          [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_bitrates[i].string]];
 464
 465     }
 466     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemAtIndex: hb_audio_bitrates_default];
 467
 468     /* Audio samplerate */
 469     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp removeAllItems];
 470     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_rates_count; i++ )
 471     {
 472         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 473          [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_rates[i].string]];
 474     }
 475     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: hb_audio_rates_default];
 476
 477     /* Bottom */
 478     [fStatusField setStringValue: @""];
 479
 480     [self enableUI: NO];
 481         [self setupToolbar];
 482
 483         /* We disable the Turbo 1st pass checkbox since we are not x264 */
 484         [fVidTurboPassCheck setEnabled: NO];
 485         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
 486
 487
 488         /* lets get our default prefs here */
 489         [self getDefaultPresets:nil];
 490         /* lets initialize the current successful scancount here to 0 */
 491         currentSuccessfulScanCount = 0;
 492
 493
 494 }
 495
 496 - (void) enableUI: (bool) b
 497 {
 498     NSControl * controls[] =
 499     { fSrcTitleField, fSrcTitlePopUp,
 500         fSrcChapterField, fSrcChapterStartPopUp, fSrcChapterToField,
 501         fSrcChapterEndPopUp, fSrcDuration1Field, fSrcDuration2Field,
 502         fDstFormatField, fDstFormatPopUp, fDstFile1Field, fDstFile2Field,
 503         fDstBrowseButton, fVidRateField, fVidRatePopUp,fVidEncoderField, fVidEncoderPopUp, fVidQualityField,
 504         fPictureSizeField,fPictureCroppingField, fVideoFiltersField,fVidQualityMatrix, fSubField, fSubPopUp,
 505         fAudSourceLabel, fAudCodecLabel, fAudMixdownLabel, fAudSamplerateLabel, fAudBitrateLabel,
 506         fAudTrack1Label, fAudTrack2Label, fAudTrack3Label, fAudTrack4Label,
 507         fAudLang1PopUp, fAudLang2PopUp, fAudLang3PopUp, fAudLang4PopUp,
 508         fAudTrack1CodecPopUp, fAudTrack2CodecPopUp, fAudTrack3CodecPopUp, fAudTrack4CodecPopUp,
 509         fAudTrack1MixPopUp, fAudTrack2MixPopUp, fAudTrack3MixPopUp, fAudTrack4MixPopUp,
 510         fAudTrack1RatePopUp, fAudTrack2RatePopUp, fAudTrack3RatePopUp, fAudTrack4RatePopUp,
 511         fAudTrack1BitratePopUp, fAudTrack2BitratePopUp, fAudTrack3BitratePopUp, fAudTrack4BitratePopUp,
 512         fAudDrcLabel, fAudTrack1DrcSlider, fAudTrack1DrcField, fAudTrack2DrcSlider,
 513         fAudTrack2DrcField, fAudTrack3DrcSlider, fAudTrack3DrcField, fAudTrack4DrcSlider,fAudTrack4DrcField,
 514         fQueueStatus,fPresetsAdd,fPresetsDelete,fSrcAngleLabel,fSrcAnglePopUp,
 515                 fCreateChapterMarkers,fVidTurboPassCheck,fDstMp4LargeFileCheck,fSubForcedCheck,fPresetsOutlineView,
 516         fAudDrcLabel,fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck,fDstMp4iPodFileCheck,fVidQualityRFField,fVidQualityRFLabel,
 517         fEncodeStartStopPopUp,fSrcTimeStartEncodingField,fSrcTimeEndEncodingField,fSrcFrameStartEncodingField,fSrcFrameEndEncodingField};
 518
 519     for( unsigned i = 0;
 520         i < sizeof( controls ) / sizeof( NSControl * ); i++ )
 521     {
 522         if( [[controls[i] className] isEqualToString: @"NSTextField"] )
 523         {
 524             NSTextField * tf = (NSTextField *) controls[i];
 525             if( ![tf isBezeled] )
 526             {
 527                 [tf setTextColor: b ? [NSColor controlTextColor] :
 528                  [NSColor disabledControlTextColor]];
 529                 continue;
 530             }
 531         }
 532         [controls[i] setEnabled: b];
 533
 534     }
 535
 536         if (b) {
 537
 538         /* if we're enabling the interface, check if the audio mixdown controls need to be enabled or not */
 539         /* these will have been enabled by the mass control enablement above anyway, so we're sense-checking it here */
 540         [self setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls:nil];
 541         /* we also call calculatePictureSizing here to sense check if we already have vfr selected */
 542         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
 543
 544         } else {
 545
 546                 [fPresetsOutlineView setEnabled: NO];
 547
 548         }
 549
 550     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
 551     [fAdvancedOptions enableUI:b];
 552 }
 553
 554
 555 /***********************************************************************
 556  * UpdateDockIcon
 557  ***********************************************************************
 558  * Shows a progression bar on the dock icon, filled according to
 559  * 'progress' (0.0 <= progress <= 1.0).
 560  * Called with progress < 0.0 or progress > 1.0, restores the original
 561  * icon.
 562  **********************************************************************/
 563 - (void) UpdateDockIcon: (float) progress
 564 {
 565     NSData * tiff;
 566     NSBitmapImageRep * bmp;
 567     uint32_t * pen;
 568     uint32_t black = htonl( 0x000000FF );
 569     uint32_t red   = htonl( 0xFF0000FF );
 570     uint32_t white = htonl( 0xFFFFFFFF );
 571     int row_start, row_end;
 572     int i, j;
 573
 574     if( progress < 0.0 || progress > 1.0 )
 575     {
 576         [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: fApplicationIcon];
 577         return;
 578     }
 579
 580     /* Get it in a raw bitmap form */
 581     tiff = [fApplicationIcon TIFFRepresentationUsingCompression:
 582             NSTIFFCompressionNone factor: 1.0];
 583     bmp = [NSBitmapImageRep imageRepWithData: tiff];
 584
 585     /* Draw the progression bar */
 586     /* It's pretty simple (ugly?) now, but I'm no designer */
 587
 588     row_start = 3 * (int) [bmp size].height / 4;
 589     row_end   = 7 * (int) [bmp size].height / 8;
 590
 591     for( i = row_start; i < row_start + 2; i++ )
 592     {
 593         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 594         for( j = 0; j < (int) [bmp size].width; j++ )
 595         {
 596             pen[j] = black;
 597         }
 598     }
 599     for( i = row_start + 2; i < row_end - 2; i++ )
 600     {
 601         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 602         pen[0] = black;
 603         pen[1] = black;
 604         for( j = 2; j < (int) [bmp size].width - 2; j++ )
 605         {
 606             if( j < 2 + (int) ( ( [bmp size].width - 4.0 ) * progress ) )
 607             {
 608                 pen[j] = red;
 609             }
 610             else
 611             {
 612                 pen[j] = white;
 613             }
 614         }
 615         pen[j]   = black;
 616         pen[j+1] = black;
 617     }
 618     for( i = row_end - 2; i < row_end; i++ )
 619     {
 620         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 621         for( j = 0; j < (int) [bmp size].width; j++ )
 622         {
 623             pen[j] = black;
 624         }
 625     }
 626
 627     /* Now update the dock icon */
 628     tiff = [bmp TIFFRepresentationUsingCompression:
 629             NSTIFFCompressionNone factor: 1.0];
 630     NSImage* icon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithData: tiff];
 631     [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: icon];
 632     [icon release];
 633 }
 634
 635 - (void) updateUI: (NSTimer *) timer
 636 {
 637
 638     /* Update UI for fHandle (user scanning instance of libhb ) */
 639
 640     hb_list_t  * list;
 641     list = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
 642     /* check to see if there has been a new scan done
 643      this bypasses the constraints of HB_STATE_WORKING
 644      not allowing setting a newly scanned source */
 645         int checkScanCount = hb_get_scancount( fHandle );
 646         if( checkScanCount > currentScanCount )
 647         {
 648                 currentScanCount = checkScanCount;
 649         [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 650         [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 651         [fScanIndicator setHidden: YES];
 652                 [self showNewScan:nil];
 653         }
 654
 655     hb_state_t s;
 656     hb_get_state( fHandle, &s );
 657
 658     switch( s.state )
 659     {
 660         case HB_STATE_IDLE:
 661             break;
 662 #define p s.param.scanning
 663         case HB_STATE_SCANNING:
 664                 {
 665             [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 666                                             NSLocalizedString( @"Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 667                                             p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 668             [fScanIndicator setHidden: NO];
 669             [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 100.0 * ((double)( p.title_cur - 1 ) / p.title_count)];
 670             break;
 671                 }
 672 #undef p
 673
 674 #define p s.param.scandone
 675         case HB_STATE_SCANDONE:
 676         {
 677             [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 678             [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 679             [fScanIndicator setHidden: YES];
 680                         [self writeToActivityLog:"ScanDone state received from fHandle"];
 681             [self showNewScan:nil];
 682             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 683
 684                         break;
 685         }
 686 #undef p
 687
 688 #define p s.param.working
 689         case HB_STATE_WORKING:
 690         {
 691
 692             break;
 693         }
 694 #undef p
 695
 696 #define p s.param.muxing
 697         case HB_STATE_MUXING:
 698         {
 699
 700             break;
 701         }
 702 #undef p
 703
 704         case HB_STATE_PAUSED:
 705             break;
 706
 707         case HB_STATE_WORKDONE:
 708         {
 709             break;
 710         }
 711     }
 712
 713
 714     /* Update UI for fQueueEncodeLibhb */
 715     // hb_list_t  * list;
 716     // list = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb ); //fQueueEncodeLibhb
 717     /* check to see if there has been a new scan done
 718      this bypasses the constraints of HB_STATE_WORKING
 719      not allowing setting a newly scanned source */
 720
 721     checkScanCount = hb_get_scancount( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
 722         if( checkScanCount > currentScanCount )
 723         {
 724                 currentScanCount = checkScanCount;
 725         }
 726
 727     //hb_state_t s;
 728     hb_get_state( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
 729
 730     switch( s.state )
 731     {
 732         case HB_STATE_IDLE:
 733             break;
 734 #define p s.param.scanning
 735         case HB_STATE_SCANNING:
 736                 {
 737             [fStatusField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 738                                            NSLocalizedString( @"Queue Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 739                                            p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 740
 741             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 742             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 743                                                      NSLocalizedString( @"Queue Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 744                                                      p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 745             break;
 746                 }
 747 #undef p
 748
 749 #define p s.param.scandone
 750         case HB_STATE_SCANDONE:
 751         {
 752                         [self writeToActivityLog:"ScanDone state received from fQueueEncodeLibhb"];
 753             [self processNewQueueEncode];
 754             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 755
 756                         break;
 757         }
 758 #undef p
 759
 760
 761 #define p s.param.working
 762
 763         case HB_STATE_SEARCHING:
 764                 {
 765             NSMutableString * string;
 766             NSString * pass_desc;
 767
 768             /* Update text field */
 769             pass_desc = @"";
 770             //string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"Searching for start point: pass %d %@ of %d, %.2f %%", @"" ), p.job_cur, pass_desc, p.job_count, 100.0 * p.progress];
 771             /* For now, do not announce "pass x of x for the search phase ... */
 772             string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"Searching for start point ... :  %.2f %%", @"" ), 100.0 * p.progress];
 773
 774                         if( p.seconds > -1 )
 775             {
 776                 [string appendFormat:
 777                  NSLocalizedString( @" (ETA %02dh%02dm%02ds)", @"" ), p.hours, p.minutes, p.seconds];
 778             }
 779
 780             [fStatusField setStringValue: string];
 781             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 782             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: string];
 783             /* Update slider */
 784             CGFloat progress_total = ( p.progress + p.job_cur - 1 ) / p.job_count;
 785             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 786             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue:100.0 * progress_total];
 787
 788             // If progress bar hasn't been revealed at the bottom of the window, do
 789             // that now. This code used to be in doRip. I moved it to here to handle
 790             // the case where hb_start is called by HBQueueController and not from
 791             // HBController.
 792             if( !fRipIndicatorShown )
 793             {
 794                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 795                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 796                     frame.size.width = 591;
 797                 frame.size.height += 36;
 798                 frame.origin.y -= 36;
 799                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 800                 fRipIndicatorShown = YES;
 801
 802             }
 803
 804             /* Update dock icon */
 805             /* Note not done yet */
 806             break;
 807         }
 808
 809
 810         case HB_STATE_WORKING:
 811         {
 812             NSMutableString * string;
 813             NSString * pass_desc;
 814                         /* Update text field */
 815             if (p.job_cur == 1 && p.job_count > 1)
 816             {
 817                 if ([[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"] && [[[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex]objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"] objectAtIndex:0] objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum"] intValue] == 1)
 818                 {
 819                     pass_desc = @"(subtitle scan)";
 820                 }
 821                 else
 822                 {
 823                     pass_desc = @"";
 824                 }
 825             }
 826             else
 827             {
 828                 pass_desc = @"";
 829             }
 830
 831                         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"Encoding: pass %d %@ of %d, %.2f %%", @"" ), p.job_cur, pass_desc, p.job_count, 100.0 * p.progress];
 832
 833                         if( p.seconds > -1 )
 834             {
 835                 [string appendFormat:
 836                  NSLocalizedString( @" (%.2f fps, avg %.2f fps, ETA %02dh%02dm%02ds)", @"" ),
 837                  p.rate_cur, p.rate_avg, p.hours, p.minutes, p.seconds];
 838             }
 839
 840             [fStatusField setStringValue: string];
 841             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 842             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: string];
 843             /* Update slider */
 844             CGFloat progress_total = ( p.progress + p.job_cur - 1 ) / p.job_count;
 845             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 846             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue:100.0 * progress_total];
 847
 848             // If progress bar hasn't been revealed at the bottom of the window, do
 849             // that now. This code used to be in doRip. I moved it to here to handle
 850             // the case where hb_start is called by HBQueueController and not from
 851             // HBController.
 852             if( !fRipIndicatorShown )
 853             {
 854                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 855                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 856                     frame.size.width = 591;
 857                 frame.size.height += 36;
 858                 frame.origin.y -= 36;
 859                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 860                 fRipIndicatorShown = YES;
 861
 862             }
 863
 864             /* Update dock icon */
 865             if( dockIconProgress < 100.0 * progress_total )
 866             {
 867                 [self UpdateDockIcon: progress_total];
 868                 dockIconProgress += 5;
 869             }
 870
 871             break;
 872         }
 873 #undef p
 874
 875 #define p s.param.muxing
 876         case HB_STATE_MUXING:
 877         {
 878             /* Update text field */
 879             [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Muxing...", @"" )];
 880             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 881             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Muxing...", @"" )];
 882             /* Update slider */
 883             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: YES];
 884             [fRipIndicator startAnimation: nil];
 885
 886             /* Update dock icon */
 887             [self UpdateDockIcon: 1.0];
 888
 889                         break;
 890         }
 891 #undef p
 892
 893         case HB_STATE_PAUSED:
 894                     [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Paused", @"" )];
 895             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Paused", @"" )];
 896
 897                         break;
 898
 899         case HB_STATE_WORKDONE:
 900         {
 901             // HB_STATE_WORKDONE happpens as a result of libhb finishing all its jobs
 902             // or someone calling hb_stop. In the latter case, hb_stop does not clear
 903             // out the remaining passes/jobs in the queue. We'll do that here.
 904
 905             // Delete all remaining jobs of this encode.
 906             [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Encode Finished.", @"" )];
 907             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 908             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Encode Finished.", @"" )];
 909             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 910             [fRipIndicator stopAnimation: nil];
 911             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 912             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 913
 914             /* Restore dock icon */
 915             [self UpdateDockIcon: -1.0];
 916             dockIconProgress = 0;
 917
 918             if( fRipIndicatorShown )
 919             {
 920                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 921                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 922                                     frame.size.width = 591;
 923                 frame.size.height += -36;
 924                 frame.origin.y -= -36;
 925                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 926                                 fRipIndicatorShown = NO;
 927                         }
 928             /* Since we are done with this encode, tell output to stop writing to the
 929              * individual encode log
 930              */
 931                         [outputPanel endEncodeLog];
 932             /* Check to see if the encode state has not been cancelled
 933              to determine if we should check for encode done notifications */
 934                         if( fEncodeState != 2 )
 935             {
 936                 NSString *pathOfFinishedEncode;
 937                 /* Get the output file name for the finished encode */
 938                 pathOfFinishedEncode = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"];
 939
 940                 /* Both the Growl Alert and Sending to MetaX can be done as encodes roll off the queue */
 941                 /* Growl alert */
 942                 [self showGrowlDoneNotification:pathOfFinishedEncode];
 943                 /* Send to MetaX */
 944                 [self sendToMetaX:pathOfFinishedEncode];
 945
 946                 /* since we have successfully completed an encode, we increment the queue counter */
 947                 [self incrementQueueItemDone:nil];
 948
 949                 /* all end of queue actions below need to be done after all queue encodes have finished
 950                  * and there are no pending jobs left to process
 951                  */
 952                 if (fPendingCount == 0)
 953                 {
 954                     /* If Alert Window or Window and Growl has been selected */
 955                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window"] ||
 956                        [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window And Growl"] )
 957                     {
 958                         /*On Screen Notification*/
 959                         int status;
 960                         NSBeep();
 961                         status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"Put down that cocktail...",@"Your HandBrake queue is done!", @"OK", nil, nil);
 962                         [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
 963                     }
 964
 965                     /* If sleep has been selected */
 966                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Put Computer To Sleep"] )
 967                     {
 968                         /* Sleep */
 969                         NSDictionary* errorDict;
 970                         NSAppleEventDescriptor* returnDescriptor = nil;
 971                         NSAppleScript* scriptObject = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource:
 972                                                        @"tell application \"Finder\" to sleep"];
 973                         returnDescriptor = [scriptObject executeAndReturnError: &errorDict];
 974                         [scriptObject release];
 975                     }
 976                     /* If Shutdown has been selected */
 977                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Shut Down Computer"] )
 978                     {
 979                         /* Shut Down */
 980                         NSDictionary* errorDict;
 981                         NSAppleEventDescriptor* returnDescriptor = nil;
 982                         NSAppleScript* scriptObject = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource:
 983                                                        @"tell application \"Finder\" to shut down"];
 984                         returnDescriptor = [scriptObject executeAndReturnError: &errorDict];
 985                         [scriptObject release];
 986                     }
 987
 988                 }
 989
 990
 991             }
 992
 993             break;
 994         }
 995     }
 996
 997 }
 998
 999 /* We use this to write messages to stderr from the macgui which show up in the activity window and log*/
1000 - (void) writeToActivityLog:(const char *) format, ...
1001 {
1002     va_list args;
1003     va_start(args, format);
1004     if (format != nil)
1005     {
1006         char str[1024];
1007         vsnprintf( str, 1024, format, args );
1008
1009         time_t _now = time( NULL );
1010         struct tm * now  = localtime( &_now );
1011         fprintf(stderr, "[%02d:%02d:%02d] macgui: %s\n", now->tm_hour, now->tm_min, now->tm_sec, str );
1012     }
1013     va_end(args);
1014 }
1015
1016 #pragma mark -
1017 #pragma mark Toolbar
1018 // ============================================================
1019 // NSToolbar Related Methods
1020 // ============================================================
1021
1022 - (void) setupToolbar {
1023     NSToolbar *toolbar = [[[NSToolbar alloc] initWithIdentifier: @"HandBrake Toolbar"] autorelease];
1024
1025     [toolbar setAllowsUserCustomization: YES];
1026     [toolbar setAutosavesConfiguration: YES];
1027     [toolbar setDisplayMode: NSToolbarDisplayModeIconAndLabel];
1028
1029     [toolbar setDelegate: self];
1030
1031     [fWindow setToolbar: toolbar];
1032 }
1033
1034 - (NSToolbarItem *) toolbar: (NSToolbar *)toolbar itemForItemIdentifier:
1035     (NSString *) itemIdent willBeInsertedIntoToolbar:(BOOL) willBeInserted {
1036     NSToolbarItem * item = [[[NSToolbarItem alloc] initWithItemIdentifier: itemIdent] autorelease];
1037
1038     if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ToggleDrawerIdentifier])
1039     {
1040         [item setLabel: @"Toggle Presets"];
1041         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Toggler Presets"];
1042         [item setToolTip: @"Open/Close Preset Drawer"];
1043         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Drawer"]];
1044         [item setTarget: self];
1045         [item setAction: @selector(toggleDrawer:)];
1046         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
1047     }
1048     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1049     {
1050         [item setLabel: @"Start"];
1051         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Start Encoding"];
1052         [item setToolTip: @"Start Encoding"];
1053         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1054         [item setTarget: self];
1055         [item setAction: @selector(Rip:)];
1056     }
1057     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowQueueIdentifier])
1058     {
1059         [item setLabel: @"Show Queue"];
1060         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Queue"];
1061         [item setToolTip: @"Show Queue"];
1062         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Queue"]];
1063         [item setTarget: self];
1064         [item setAction: @selector(showQueueWindow:)];
1065         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
1066     }
1067     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1068     {
1069         [item setLabel: @"Add to Queue"];
1070         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Add to Queue"];
1071         [item setToolTip: @"Add to Queue"];
1072         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"AddToQueue"]];
1073         [item setTarget: self];
1074         [item setAction: @selector(addToQueue:)];
1075     }
1076     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1077     {
1078         [item setLabel: @"Pause"];
1079         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Pause Encoding"];
1080         [item setToolTip: @"Pause Encoding"];
1081         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Pause"]];
1082         [item setTarget: self];
1083         [item setAction: @selector(Pause:)];
1084     }
1085     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1086     {
1087         [item setLabel: @"Picture Settings"];
1088         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Picture Settings"];
1089         [item setToolTip: @"Show Picture Settings"];
1090         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"pref-picture"]];
1091         [item setTarget: self];
1092         [item setAction: @selector(showPicturePanel:)];
1093     }
1094     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1095     {
1096         [item setLabel: @"Preview Window"];
1097         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Preview"];
1098         [item setToolTip: @"Show Preview"];
1099         //[item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"pref-picture"]];
1100         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Brushed_Window"]];
1101         [item setTarget: self];
1102         [item setAction: @selector(showPreviewWindow:)];
1103     }
1104     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowActivityIdentifier])
1105     {
1106         [item setLabel: @"Activity Window"];
1107         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Activity Window"];
1108         [item setToolTip: @"Show Activity Window"];
1109         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"ActivityWindow"]];
1110         [item setTarget: self];
1111         [item setAction: @selector(showDebugOutputPanel:)];
1112         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
1113     }
1114     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1115     {
1116         [item setLabel: @"Source"];
1117         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Source"];
1118         [item setToolTip: @"Choose Video Source"];
1119         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Source"]];
1120         [item setTarget: self];
1121         [item setAction: @selector(browseSources:)];
1122     }
1123     else
1124     {
1125         return nil;
1126     }
1127
1128     return item;
1129 }
1130
1131 - (NSArray *) toolbarDefaultItemIdentifiers: (NSToolbar *) toolbar
1132 {
1133     return [NSArray arrayWithObjects: ChooseSourceIdentifier, NSToolbarSeparatorItemIdentifier, StartEncodingIdentifier,
1134         PauseEncodingIdentifier, AddToQueueIdentifier, ShowQueueIdentifier, NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItemIdentifier,
1135                 NSToolbarSpaceItemIdentifier, ShowPictureIdentifier, ShowPreviewIdentifier, ShowActivityIdentifier, ToggleDrawerIdentifier, nil];
1136 }
1137
1138 - (NSArray *) toolbarAllowedItemIdentifiers: (NSToolbar *) toolbar
1139 {
1140     return [NSArray arrayWithObjects:  StartEncodingIdentifier, PauseEncodingIdentifier, AddToQueueIdentifier,
1141         ChooseSourceIdentifier, ShowQueueIdentifier, ShowPictureIdentifier, ShowPreviewIdentifier, ShowActivityIdentifier, ToggleDrawerIdentifier,
1142         NSToolbarCustomizeToolbarItemIdentifier, NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItemIdentifier,
1143         NSToolbarSpaceItemIdentifier, NSToolbarSeparatorItemIdentifier, nil];
1144 }
1145
1146 - (BOOL) validateToolbarItem: (NSToolbarItem *) toolbarItem
1147 {
1148     NSString * ident = [toolbarItem itemIdentifier];
1149
1150     if (fHandle)
1151     {
1152         hb_state_t s;
1153
1154         hb_get_state( fHandle, &s );
1155         if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1156         {
1157
1158             if ([ident isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1159             {
1160                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Stop"]];
1161                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Cancel Scan"];
1162                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Cancel Scanning"];
1163                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Cancel Scanning Source"];
1164                 return YES;
1165             }
1166
1167             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier] || [ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1168                 return NO;
1169         }
1170         else
1171         {
1172             if ([ident isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1173             {
1174                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Source"]];
1175                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Source"];
1176                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Source"];
1177                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Choose Video Source"];
1178                 return YES;
1179             }
1180         }
1181
1182         hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
1183
1184         if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_SEARCHING || s.state == HB_STATE_MUXING)
1185         {
1186             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1187             {
1188                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Stop"]];
1189                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Stop"];
1190                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Stop"];
1191                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Stop Encoding"];
1192                 return YES;
1193             }
1194             if ([ident isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1195             {
1196                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Pause"]];
1197                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Pause"];
1198                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Pause Encoding"];
1199                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Pause Encoding"];
1200                 return YES;
1201             }
1202             if (SuccessfulScan)
1203             {
1204                 if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1205                     return YES;
1206                 if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1207                     return YES;
1208                 if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1209                     return YES;
1210             }
1211         }
1212         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1213         {
1214             if ([ident isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1215             {
1216                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1217                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Resume"];
1218                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Resume Encoding"];
1219                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Resume Encoding"];
1220                 return YES;
1221             }
1222             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1223                 return YES;
1224             if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1225                 return YES;
1226             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1227                 return YES;
1228             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1229                 return YES;
1230         }
1231         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1232             return NO;
1233         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKDONE || s.state == HB_STATE_SCANDONE || SuccessfulScan)
1234         {
1235             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1236             {
1237                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1238                 if (hb_count(fHandle) > 0)
1239                     [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Start Queue"];
1240                 else
1241                     [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Start"];
1242                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Start Encoding"];
1243                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Start Encoding"];
1244                 return YES;
1245             }
1246             if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1247                 return YES;
1248             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1249                 return YES;
1250             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1251                 return YES;
1252         }
1253
1254     }
1255     /* If there are any pending queue items, make sure the start/stop button is active */
1256     if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier] && fPendingCount > 0)
1257         return YES;
1258     if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowQueueIdentifier])
1259         return YES;
1260     if ([ident isEqualToString: ToggleDrawerIdentifier])
1261         return YES;
1262     if ([ident isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1263         return YES;
1264     if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowActivityIdentifier])
1265         return YES;
1266
1267     return NO;
1268 }
1269
1270 - (BOOL) validateMenuItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem
1271 {
1272     SEL action = [menuItem action];
1273
1274     hb_state_t s;
1275     hb_get_state2( fHandle, &s );
1276
1277     if (fHandle)
1278     {
1279         if (action == @selector(addToQueue:) || action == @selector(showPicturePanel:) || action == @selector(showAddPresetPanel:))
1280             return SuccessfulScan && [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1281
1282         if (action == @selector(browseSources:))
1283         {
1284             if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1285                 return NO;
1286             else
1287                 return [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1288         }
1289         if (action == @selector(selectDefaultPreset:))
1290             return [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1291         if (action == @selector(Pause:))
1292         {
1293             if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING)
1294             {
1295                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Pause Encoding"])
1296                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Pause Encoding"];
1297                 return YES;
1298             }
1299             else if (s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1300             {
1301                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Resume Encoding"])
1302                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Resume Encoding"];
1303                 return YES;
1304             }
1305             else
1306                 return NO;
1307         }
1308         if (action == @selector(Rip:))
1309         {
1310             if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_MUXING || s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1311             {
1312                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Stop Encoding"])
1313                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Stop Encoding"];
1314                 return YES;
1315             }
1316             else if (SuccessfulScan)
1317             {
1318                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Start Encoding"])
1319                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Start Encoding"];
1320                 return [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1321             }
1322             else
1323                 return NO;
1324         }
1325     }
1326     if( action == @selector(setDefaultPreset:) )
1327     {
1328         return [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] != -1;
1329     }
1330
1331     return YES;
1332 }
1333
1334 #pragma mark -
1335 #pragma mark Encode Done Actions
1336 // register a test notification and make
1337 // it enabled by default
1338 #define SERVICE_NAME @"Encode Done"
1339 - (NSDictionary *)registrationDictionaryForGrowl
1340 {
1341     NSDictionary *registrationDictionary = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
1342     [NSArray arrayWithObjects:SERVICE_NAME,nil], GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL,
1343     [NSArray arrayWithObjects:SERVICE_NAME,nil], GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DEFAULT,
1344     nil];
1345
1346     return registrationDictionary;
1347 }
1348
1349 -(void)showGrowlDoneNotification:(NSString *) filePath
1350 {
1351     /* This end of encode action is called as each encode rolls off of the queue */
1352     NSString * finishedEncode = filePath;
1353     /* strip off the path to just show the file name */
1354     finishedEncode = [finishedEncode lastPathComponent];
1355     if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Growl Notification"] ||
1356         [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window And Growl"])
1357     {
1358         NSString * growlMssg = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"your HandBrake encode %@ is done!",finishedEncode];
1359         [GrowlApplicationBridge
1360          notifyWithTitle:@"Put down that cocktail..."
1361          description:growlMssg
1362          notificationName:SERVICE_NAME
1363          iconData:nil
1364          priority:0
1365          isSticky:1
1366          clickContext:nil];
1367     }
1368
1369 }
1370 -(void)sendToMetaX:(NSString *) filePath
1371 {
1372     /* This end of encode action is called as each encode rolls off of the queue */
1373     if([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"sendToMetaX"] == YES)
1374     {
1375         NSString *sendToApp = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey: @"SendCompletedEncodeToApp"];
1376         if (![sendToApp isEqualToString:@"None"])
1377         {
1378             [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to send encode to: %s", [sendToApp UTF8String]];
1379             NSAppleScript *myScript = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@%@%@%@", @"tell application \"",sendToApp,@"\" to open (POSIX file \"", filePath, @"\")"]];
1380             [myScript executeAndReturnError: nil];
1381             [myScript release];
1382         }
1383
1384     }
1385 }
1386 #pragma mark -
1387 #pragma mark Get New Source
1388
1389 /*Opens the source browse window, called from Open Source widgets */
1390 - (IBAction) browseSources: (id) sender
1391 {
1392
1393     hb_state_t s;
1394     hb_get_state( fHandle, &s );
1395     if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1396     {
1397         [self cancelScanning:nil];
1398         return;
1399     }
1400
1401
1402     NSOpenPanel * panel;
1403
1404     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
1405     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
1406     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
1407     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: YES ];
1408     NSString * sourceDirectory;
1409         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"])
1410         {
1411                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"];
1412         }
1413         else
1414         {
1415                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
1416                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
1417         }
1418     /* we open up the browse sources sheet here and call for browseSourcesDone after the sheet is closed
1419         * to evaluate whether we want to specify a title, we pass the sender in the contextInfo variable
1420         */
1421     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: nil
1422                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
1423                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseSourcesDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
1424                       contextInfo: sender];
1425 }
1426
1427 - (void) browseSourcesDone: (NSOpenPanel *) sheet
1428                 returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
1429 {
1430     /* we convert the sender content of contextInfo back into a variable called sender
1431      * mostly just for consistency for evaluation later
1432      */
1433     id sender = (id)contextInfo;
1434     /* User selected a file to open */
1435         if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
1436     {
1437             /* Free display name allocated previously by this code */
1438         [browsedSourceDisplayName release];
1439
1440         NSString *scanPath = [[sheet filenames] objectAtIndex: 0];
1441         /* we set the last searched source directory in the prefs here */
1442         NSString *sourceDirectory = [scanPath stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
1443         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:sourceDirectory forKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"];
1444         /* we order out sheet, which is the browse window as we need to open
1445          * the title selection sheet right away
1446          */
1447         [sheet orderOut: self];
1448
1449         if (sender == fOpenSourceTitleMMenu || [[NSApp currentEvent] modifierFlags] & NSAlternateKeyMask)
1450         {
1451             /* We put the chosen source path in the source display text field for the
1452              * source title selection sheet in which the user specifies the specific title to be
1453              * scanned  as well as the short source name in fSrcDsplyNameTitleScan just for display
1454              * purposes in the title panel
1455              */
1456             /* Full Path */
1457             [fScanSrcTitlePathField setStringValue:scanPath];
1458             NSString *displayTitlescanSourceName;
1459
1460             if ([[scanPath lastPathComponent] isEqualToString: @"VIDEO_TS"])
1461             {
1462                 /* If VIDEO_TS Folder is chosen, choose its parent folder for the source display name
1463                  we have to use the title->path value so we get the proper name of the volume if a physical dvd is the source*/
1464                 displayTitlescanSourceName = [[scanPath stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] lastPathComponent];
1465             }
1466             else
1467             {
1468                 /* if not the VIDEO_TS Folder, we can assume the chosen folder is the source name */
1469                 displayTitlescanSourceName = [scanPath lastPathComponent];
1470             }
1471             /* we set the source display name in the title selection dialogue */
1472             [fSrcDsplyNameTitleScan setStringValue:displayTitlescanSourceName];
1473             /* we set the attempted scans display name for main window to displayTitlescanSourceName*/
1474             browsedSourceDisplayName = [displayTitlescanSourceName retain];
1475             /* We show the actual sheet where the user specifies the title to be scanned
1476              * as we are going to do a title specific scan
1477              */
1478             [self showSourceTitleScanPanel:nil];
1479         }
1480         else
1481         {
1482             /* We are just doing a standard full source scan, so we specify "0" to libhb */
1483             NSString *path = [[sheet filenames] objectAtIndex: 0];
1484
1485             /* We check to see if the chosen file at path is a package */
1486             if ([[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] isFilePackageAtPath:path])
1487             {
1488                 [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a package at: %s", [path UTF8String]];
1489                 /* We check to see if this is an .eyetv package */
1490                 if ([[path pathExtension] isEqualToString: @"eyetv"])
1491                 {
1492                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open eyetv package"];
1493                     /* We're looking at an EyeTV package - try to open its enclosed
1494                      .mpg media file */
1495                      browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingPathExtension] lastPathComponent] retain];
1496                     NSString *mpgname;
1497                     int n = [[path stringByAppendingString: @"/"]
1498                              completePathIntoString: &mpgname caseSensitive: YES
1499                              matchesIntoArray: nil
1500                              filterTypes: [NSArray arrayWithObject: @"mpg"]];
1501                     if (n > 0)
1502                     {
1503                         /* Found an mpeg inside the eyetv package, make it our scan path
1504                         and call performScan on the enclosed mpeg */
1505                         path = mpgname;
1506                         [self writeToActivityLog:"found mpeg in eyetv package"];
1507                         [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1508                     }
1509                     else
1510                     {
1511                         /* We did not find an mpeg file in our package, so we do not call performScan */
1512                         [self writeToActivityLog:"no valid mpeg in eyetv package"];
1513                     }
1514                 }
1515                 /* We check to see if this is a .dvdmedia package */
1516                 else if ([[path pathExtension] isEqualToString: @"dvdmedia"])
1517                 {
1518                     /* path IS a package - but dvdmedia packages can be treaded like normal directories */
1519                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingPathExtension] lastPathComponent] retain];
1520                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open dvdmedia package"];
1521                     [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1522                 }
1523                 else
1524                 {
1525                     /* The package is not an eyetv package, so we do not call performScan */
1526                     [self writeToActivityLog:"unable to open package"];
1527                 }
1528             }
1529             else // path is not a package, so we treat it as a dvd parent folder or VIDEO_TS folder
1530             {
1531                 /* path is not a package, so we call perform scan directly on our file */
1532                 if ([[path lastPathComponent] isEqualToString: @"VIDEO_TS"])
1533                 {
1534                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open video_ts folder (video_ts folder chosen)"];
1535                     /* If VIDEO_TS Folder is chosen, choose its parent folder for the source display name*/
1536                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] lastPathComponent] retain];
1537                 }
1538                 else
1539                 {
1540                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open video_ts folder (parent directory chosen)"];
1541                     /* if not the VIDEO_TS Folder, we can assume the chosen folder is the source name */
1542                     /* make sure we remove any path extension as this can also be an '.mpg' file */
1543                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[path lastPathComponent] retain];
1544                 }
1545                 applyQueueToScan = NO;
1546                 [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1547             }
1548
1549         }
1550
1551     }
1552 }
1553
1554 - (IBAction)showAboutPanel:(id)sender
1555 {
1556     NSMutableDictionary* d = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] initWithObjectsAndKeys:
1557         fApplicationIcon, @"ApplicationIcon",
1558         nil ];
1559     [NSApp orderFrontStandardAboutPanelWithOptions:d];
1560     [d release];
1561 }
1562
1563 /* Here we open the title selection sheet where we can specify an exact title to be scanned */
1564 - (IBAction) showSourceTitleScanPanel: (id) sender
1565 {
1566     /* We default the title number to be scanned to "0" which results in a full source scan, unless the
1567     * user changes it
1568     */
1569     [fScanSrcTitleNumField setStringValue: @"0"];
1570         /* Show the panel */
1571         [NSApp beginSheet:fScanSrcTitlePanel modalForWindow:fWindow modalDelegate:nil didEndSelector:NULL contextInfo:NULL];
1572 }
1573
1574 - (IBAction) closeSourceTitleScanPanel: (id) sender
1575 {
1576     [NSApp endSheet: fScanSrcTitlePanel];
1577     [fScanSrcTitlePanel orderOut: self];
1578
1579     if(sender == fScanSrcTitleOpenButton)
1580     {
1581         /* We setup the scan status in the main window to indicate a source title scan */
1582         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: @"Opening a new source title ..."];
1583                 [fScanIndicator setHidden: NO];
1584         [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: YES];
1585         [fScanIndicator startAnimation: nil];
1586
1587         /* We use the performScan method to actually perform the specified scan passing the path and the title
1588          * to be scanned
1589          */
1590         applyQueueToScan = NO;
1591         [self performScan:[fScanSrcTitlePathField stringValue] scanTitleNum:[fScanSrcTitleNumField intValue]];
1592     }
1593 }
1594
1595 /* Here we actually tell hb_scan to perform the source scan, using the path to source and title number*/
1596 - (void) performScan:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum
1597 {
1598
1599     /* use a bool to determine whether or not we can decrypt using vlc */
1600     BOOL cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1601     BOOL vlcFound = 0;
1602     NSString *path = scanPath;
1603     HBDVDDetector *detector = [HBDVDDetector detectorForPath:path];
1604
1605     // Notify ChapterTitles that there's no title
1606     [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1607     [fChapterTable reloadData];
1608
1609     // Notify Subtitles that there's no title
1610     [fSubtitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1611     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
1612
1613     [self enableUI: NO];
1614
1615     if( [detector isVideoDVD] )
1616     {
1617         int hb_arch;
1618 #if defined( __LP64__ )
1619         /* we are 64 bit */
1620         hb_arch = 64;
1621 #else
1622         /* we are 32 bit */
1623         hb_arch = 32;
1624 #endif
1625
1626
1627         // The chosen path was actually on a DVD, so use the raw block
1628         // device path instead.
1629         path = [detector devicePath];
1630         [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a physical dvd at: %s", [scanPath UTF8String]];
1631
1632         /* lets check for vlc here to make sure we have a dylib available to use for decrypting */
1633         NSString *vlcPath = @"/Applications/VLC.app/Contents/MacOS/lib/libdvdcss.2.dylib";
1634         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
1635             if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:vlcPath] == 0)
1636             {
1637             /*vlc not found in /Applications so we set the bool to cancel scanning to 1 */
1638             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1639             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app not found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1640             int status;
1641             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake could not find VLC or your VLC is out of date.",@"Please download and install VLC media player in your /Applications folder if you wish to read encrypted DVDs.", @"Get VLC", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway");
1642             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1643
1644             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1645             {
1646                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1647                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/download-macosx.html"]];
1648             }
1649             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
1650             {
1651                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1652                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
1653             }
1654             else
1655             {
1656                 /* User chose to override our warning and scan the physical dvd anyway, at their own peril. on an encrypted dvd this produces massive log files and fails */
1657                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1658                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode vlc warning -trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
1659             }
1660
1661         }
1662         else
1663         {
1664             /* VLC was found in /Applications so all is well, we can carry on using vlc's libdvdcss.dylib for decrypting if needed */
1665             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1666             vlcFound = 1;
1667         }
1668         /* test for architecture of the vlc app */
1669         NSArray *vlc_architecturesArray = [[NSBundle bundleWithPath:@"/Applications/VLC.app"] executableArchitectures];
1670         BOOL vlcIntel32bit = NO;
1671         BOOL vlcIntel64bit = NO;
1672         BOOL vlcPPC32bit = NO;
1673         BOOL vlcPPC64bit = NO;
1674         /* check the available architectures for vlc and note accordingly */
1675         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [vlc_architecturesArray objectEnumerator];
1676         id tempObject;
1677         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
1678         {
1679
1680             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitectureI386)
1681             {
1682                 vlcIntel32bit = YES;
1683             }
1684             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitectureX86_64)
1685             {
1686                 vlcIntel64bit = YES;
1687             }
1688             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitecturePPC)
1689             {
1690                 vlcPPC32bit = YES;
1691             }
1692             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitecturePPC64)
1693             {
1694                 vlcPPC64bit = YES;
1695             }
1696
1697         }
1698         /* Write vlc architecture findings to activity window */
1699         if (vlcIntel32bit)
1700         {
1701             [self writeToActivityLog: " 32-Bit VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1702         }
1703         if (vlcIntel64bit)
1704         {
1705             [self writeToActivityLog: " 64-Bit VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1706         }
1707
1708
1709
1710         if (vlcFound && hb_arch == 64 && !vlcIntel64bit && cancelScanDecrypt != 1)
1711         {
1712
1713             /* we are 64 bit */
1714
1715             /* Appropriate VLC not found, so cancel */
1716             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1717             [self writeToActivityLog: "This version of HandBrake is 64 bit, 64 bit version of vlc not found, scan cancelled"];
1718             /*On Screen Notification*/
1719             int status;
1720             NSBeep();
1721             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"This version of HandBrake is 64 bit, VLC found but not 64 bit!",@"", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway", @"Get 64 bit VLC", nil);
1722             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1723
1724             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1725             {
1726                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1727                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd VLC found but not 64 bit, scan cancelled"];
1728                 cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1729             }
1730             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
1731             {
1732                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode 64-bit warning trying to open physical dvd without proper decryption"];
1733                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1734             }
1735             else
1736             {
1737                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1738                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/download-macosx.html"]];
1739             }
1740
1741         }
1742         else if (vlcFound && hb_arch == 32 && !vlcIntel32bit && cancelScanDecrypt != 1)
1743         {
1744             /* we are 32 bit */
1745             /* Appropriate VLC not found, so cancel */
1746             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1747             [self writeToActivityLog: "This version of HandBrake is 32 bit, 32 bit version of vlc not found, scan cancelled"];
1748             /*On Screen Notification*/
1749             int status;
1750             NSBeep();
1751             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"This version of HandBrake is 32 bit, VLC found but not 32 bit!",@"", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway", @"Get 32 bit VLC", nil);
1752             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1753
1754             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1755             {
1756                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1757                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd VLC found but not 32 bit, scan cancelled"];
1758                 cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1759             }
1760             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
1761             {
1762                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode 32-bit warning trying to open physical dvd without proper decryption"];
1763                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1764             }
1765             else
1766             {
1767                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1768                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/download-macosx.html"]];
1769             }
1770
1771         }
1772     }
1773
1774     if (cancelScanDecrypt == 0)
1775     {
1776         /* we actually pass the scan off to libhb here */
1777         /* If there is no title number passed to scan, we use "0"
1778          * which causes the default behavior of a full source scan
1779          */
1780         if (!scanTitleNum)
1781         {
1782             scanTitleNum = 0;
1783         }
1784         if (scanTitleNum > 0)
1785         {
1786             [self writeToActivityLog: "scanning specifically for title: %d", scanTitleNum];
1787         }
1788         /* We use our advance pref to determine how many previews to scan */
1789         int hb_num_previews = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"PreviewsNumber"] intValue];
1790         /* set title to NULL */
1791         fTitle = NULL;
1792         hb_scan( fHandle, [path UTF8String], scanTitleNum, hb_num_previews, 1 );
1793         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:@"Scanning new source ..."];
1794     }
1795 }
1796
1797 - (IBAction) cancelScanning:(id)sender
1798 {
1799     hb_scan_stop(fHandle);
1800 }
1801
1802 - (IBAction) showNewScan:(id)sender
1803 {
1804     hb_list_t  * list;
1805         hb_title_t * title;
1806         int feature_title=0; // Used to store the main feature title
1807
1808         list = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
1809
1810         if( !hb_list_count( list ) )
1811         {
1812             /* We display a message if a valid dvd source was not chosen */
1813             [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: @"No Valid Source Found"];
1814             SuccessfulScan = NO;
1815
1816             // Notify ChapterTitles that there's no title
1817             [fSubtitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1818             [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
1819
1820             // Notify Subtitles that there's no title
1821             [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1822             [fChapterTable reloadData];
1823         }
1824         else
1825         {
1826             if (applyQueueToScan == YES)
1827             {
1828                 /* we are a rescan of an existing queue item and need to apply the queued settings to the scan */
1829                 [self writeToActivityLog: "showNewScan: This is a queued item rescan"];
1830
1831             }
1832             else if (applyQueueToScan == NO)
1833             {
1834                 [self writeToActivityLog: "showNewScan: This is a new source item scan"];
1835             }
1836             else
1837             {
1838                 [self writeToActivityLog: "showNewScan: cannot grok scan status"];
1839             }
1840
1841               /* We increment the successful scancount here by one,
1842              which we use at the end of this function to tell the gui
1843              if this is the first successful scan since launch and whether
1844              or not we should set all settings to the defaults */
1845             currentSuccessfulScanCount++;
1846
1847             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
1848
1849             [fSrcTitlePopUp removeAllItems];
1850             for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( list ); i++ )
1851             {
1852                 title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list, i );
1853
1854                 currentSource = [NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->name];
1855                 /*Set DVD Name at top of window with the browsedSourceDisplayName grokked right before -performScan */
1856                 if (!browsedSourceDisplayName)
1857                 {
1858                     browsedSourceDisplayName = @"NoNameDetected";
1859                 }
1860                 [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:browsedSourceDisplayName];
1861
1862                 /* If its a queue rescan for edit, get the queue item output path */
1863                 /* if not, its a new source scan. */
1864                 /* Check to see if the last destination has been set,use if so, if not, use Desktop */
1865                 if (applyQueueToScan == YES)
1866                 {
1867                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:fqueueEditRescanItemNum] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"]]];
1868                 }
1869                 else if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"])
1870                 {
1871                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
1872                                                      @"%@/%@.mp4", [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"],[browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension]]];
1873                 }
1874                 else
1875                 {
1876                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
1877                                                      @"%@/Desktop/%@.mp4", NSHomeDirectory(),[browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension]]];
1878                 }
1879
1880                 /* See if this is the main feature according to libhb */
1881                 if (title->index == title->job->feature)
1882                 {
1883                     feature_title = i;
1884                 }
1885
1886                 [fSrcTitlePopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
1887                                                    stringWithFormat: @"%s %d - %02dh%02dm%02ds",
1888                                                    title->name,title->index, title->hours, title->minutes,
1889                                                    title->seconds]];
1890             }
1891
1892             /* if we are a stream, select the first title */
1893             if (title->type == HB_STREAM_TYPE)
1894             {
1895                 [fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
1896             }
1897             else
1898             {
1899                 /* if not then select the main feature title */
1900                 [fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: feature_title];
1901             }
1902             [self titlePopUpChanged:nil];
1903
1904             SuccessfulScan = YES;
1905             [self enableUI: YES];
1906
1907             /* if its the initial successful scan after awakeFromNib */
1908             if (currentSuccessfulScanCount == 1)
1909             {
1910                 [self encodeStartStopPopUpChanged:nil];
1911
1912                 [self selectDefaultPreset:nil];
1913
1914                 // Open preview window now if it was visible when HB was closed
1915                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"PreviewWindowIsOpen"])
1916                     [self showPreviewWindow:nil];
1917
1918                 // Open picture sizing window now if it was visible when HB was closed
1919                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"PictureSizeWindowIsOpen"])
1920                     [self showPicturePanel:nil];
1921
1922             }
1923             if (applyQueueToScan == YES)
1924             {
1925                 /* we are a rescan of an existing queue item and need to apply the queued settings to the scan */
1926                 [self writeToActivityLog: "showNewScan: calling applyQueueSettingsToMainWindow"];
1927                 [self applyQueueSettingsToMainWindow:nil];
1928
1929             }
1930
1931
1932         }
1933
1934 }
1935
1936
1937 #pragma mark -
1938 #pragma mark New Output Destination
1939
1940 - (IBAction) browseFile: (id) sender
1941 {
1942     /* Open a panel to let the user choose and update the text field */
1943     NSSavePanel * panel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
1944         /* We get the current file name and path from the destination field here */
1945         [panel beginSheetForDirectory: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] file: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] lastPathComponent]
1946                                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
1947                                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
1948                                           contextInfo: NULL];
1949 }
1950
1951 - (void) browseFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
1952              returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
1953 {
1954     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
1955     {
1956         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [sheet filename]];
1957         /* Save this path to the prefs so that on next browse destination window it opens there */
1958         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
1959         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
1960     }
1961 }
1962
1963
1964 #pragma mark -
1965 #pragma mark Main Window Control
1966
1967 - (IBAction) openMainWindow: (id) sender
1968 {
1969     [fWindow  makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
1970 }
1971
1972 - (BOOL) windowShouldClose: (id) sender
1973 {
1974     return YES;
1975 }
1976
1977 - (BOOL)applicationShouldHandleReopen:(NSApplication *)theApplication hasVisibleWindows:(BOOL)flag
1978 {
1979     if( !flag ) {
1980         [fWindow  makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
1981
1982         return YES;
1983     }
1984
1985     return NO;
1986 }
1987
1988 - (NSSize) drawerWillResizeContents:(NSDrawer *) drawer toSize:(NSSize) contentSize {
1989         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:NSStringFromSize( contentSize ) forKey:@"Drawer Size"];
1990         return contentSize;
1991 }
1992
1993 #pragma mark -
1994 #pragma mark Queue File
1995
1996 - (void) loadQueueFile {
1997         /* We declare the default NSFileManager into fileManager */
1998         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
1999         /*We define the location of the user presets file */
2000     QueueFile = @"~/Library/Application Support/HandBrake/Queue.plist";
2001         QueueFile = [[QueueFile stringByExpandingTildeInPath]retain];
2002     /* We check for the presets.plist */
2003         if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:QueueFile] == 0)
2004         {
2005                 [fileManager createFileAtPath:QueueFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
2006         }
2007
2008         QueueFileArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:QueueFile];
2009         /* lets check to see if there is anything in the queue file .plist */
2010     if (nil == QueueFileArray)
2011         {
2012         /* if not, then lets initialize an empty array */
2013                 QueueFileArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
2014
2015      /* Initialize our curQueueEncodeIndex to 0
2016      * so we can use it to track which queue
2017      * item is to be used to track our encodes */
2018      /* NOTE: this should be changed if and when we
2019       * are able to get the last unfinished encode
2020       * in the case of a crash or shutdown */
2021
2022         }
2023     else
2024     {
2025     [self clearQueueEncodedItems];
2026     }
2027     currentQueueEncodeIndex = 0;
2028 }
2029
2030 - (void)addQueueFileItem
2031 {
2032         [QueueFileArray addObject:[self createQueueFileItem]];
2033         [self saveQueueFileItem];
2034
2035 }
2036
2037 - (void) removeQueueFileItem:(int) queueItemToRemove
2038 {
2039
2040    /* Find out if the item we are removing is a cancelled (3) or a finished (0) item*/
2041    if ([[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove] objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3 || [[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove] objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0)
2042     {
2043     /* Since we are removing a cancelled or finished item, WE need to decrement the currentQueueEncodeIndex
2044      * by one to keep in sync with the queue array
2045      */
2046     currentQueueEncodeIndex--;
2047
2048     }
2049     [QueueFileArray removeObjectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove];
2050     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2051
2052 }
2053
2054 - (void)saveQueueFileItem
2055 {
2056     [QueueFileArray writeToFile:QueueFile atomically:YES];
2057     [fQueueController setQueueArray: QueueFileArray];
2058     [self getQueueStats];
2059 }
2060
2061 - (void)getQueueStats
2062 {
2063 /* lets get the stats on the status of the queue array */
2064
2065 fEncodingQueueItem = 0;
2066 fPendingCount = 0;
2067 fCompletedCount = 0;
2068 fCanceledCount = 0;
2069 fWorkingCount = 0;
2070
2071     /* We use a number system to set the encode status of the queue item
2072      * in controller.mm
2073      * 0 == already encoded
2074      * 1 == is being encoded
2075      * 2 == is yet to be encoded
2076      * 3 == cancelled
2077      */
2078
2079         int i = 0;
2080     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
2081         id tempObject;
2082         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
2083         {
2084                 NSDictionary *thisQueueDict = tempObject;
2085                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0) // Completed
2086                 {
2087                         fCompletedCount++;
2088                 }
2089                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 1) // being encoded
2090                 {
2091                         fWorkingCount++;
2092             fEncodingQueueItem = i;
2093                 }
2094         if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 2) // pending
2095         {
2096                         fPendingCount++;
2097                 }
2098         if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3) // cancelled
2099         {
2100                         fCanceledCount++;
2101                 }
2102                 i++;
2103         }
2104
2105     /* Set the queue status field in the main window */
2106     NSMutableString * string;
2107     if (fPendingCount == 1)
2108     {
2109         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"%d encode pending in the queue", @"" ), fPendingCount];
2110     }
2111     else
2112     {
2113         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"%d encode(s) pending in the queue", @"" ), fPendingCount];
2114     }
2115     [fQueueStatus setStringValue:string];
2116 }
2117
2118 /* This method will set any item marked as encoding back to pending
2119  * currently used right after a queue reload
2120  */
2121 - (void) setQueueEncodingItemsAsPending
2122 {
2123     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
2124         id tempObject;
2125     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
2126     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
2127     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
2128     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
2129     {
2130         /* If the queue item is marked as "encoding" (1)
2131          * then change its status back to pending (2) which effectively
2132          * puts it back into the queue to be encoded
2133          */
2134         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 1)
2135         {
2136             [tempObject setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt: 2] forKey:@"Status"];
2137         }
2138         [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
2139     }
2140
2141     [QueueFileArray setArray:tempArray];
2142     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2143 }
2144
2145
2146 /* This method will clear the queue of any encodes that are not still pending
2147  * this includes both successfully completed encodes as well as cancelled encodes */
2148 - (void) clearQueueEncodedItems
2149 {
2150     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
2151         id tempObject;
2152     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
2153     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
2154     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
2155     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
2156     {
2157         /* If the queue item is either completed (0) or cancelled (3) from the
2158          * last session, then we put it in tempArray to be deleted from QueueFileArray.
2159          * NOTE: this means we retain pending (2) and also an item that is marked as
2160          * still encoding (1). If the queue has an item that is still marked as encoding
2161          * from a previous session, we can conlude that HB was either shutdown, or crashed
2162          * during the encodes so we keep it and tell the user in the "Load Queue Alert"
2163          */
2164         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0 || [[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3)
2165         {
2166             [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
2167         }
2168     }
2169
2170     [QueueFileArray removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
2171     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2172 }
2173
2174 /* This method will clear the queue of all encodes. effectively creating an empty queue */
2175 - (void) clearQueueAllItems
2176 {
2177     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
2178         id tempObject;
2179     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
2180     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
2181     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
2182     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
2183     {
2184         [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
2185     }
2186
2187     [QueueFileArray removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
2188     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2189 }
2190
2191 /* This method will duplicate prepareJob however into the
2192  * queue .plist instead of into the job structure so it can
2193  * be recalled later */
2194 - (NSDictionary *)createQueueFileItem
2195 {
2196     NSMutableDictionary *queueFileJob = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
2197
2198        hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
2199     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
2200             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
2201     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2202
2203
2204
2205     /* We use a number system to set the encode status of the queue item
2206      * 0 == already encoded
2207      * 1 == is being encoded
2208      * 2 == is yet to be encoded
2209      * 3 == cancelled
2210      */
2211     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"Status"];
2212     /* Source and Destination Information */
2213
2214     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->path] forKey:@"SourcePath"];
2215     [queueFileJob setObject:[fSrcDVD2Field stringValue] forKey:@"SourceName"];
2216     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->index] forKey:@"TitleNumber"];
2217     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcAnglePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"TitleAngle"];
2218
2219     /* Determine and set a variable to tell hb what start and stop times to use ... chapters vs seconds */
2220     if( [fEncodeStartStopPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 )
2221     {
2222         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"fEncodeStartStop"];
2223     }
2224     else if ([fEncodeStartStopPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 1)
2225     {
2226         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"fEncodeStartStop"];
2227     }
2228     else if ([fEncodeStartStopPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 2)
2229     {
2230         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"fEncodeStartStop"];
2231     }
2232     /* Chapter encode info */
2233     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"ChapterStart"];
2234     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"ChapterEnd"];
2235     /* Time (pts) encode info */
2236     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcTimeStartEncodingField intValue]] forKey:@"StartSeconds"];
2237     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcTimeEndEncodingField intValue] - [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField intValue]] forKey:@"StopSeconds"];
2238     /* Frame number encode info */
2239     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcFrameStartEncodingField intValue]] forKey:@"StartFrame"];
2240     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcFrameEndEncodingField intValue] - [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField intValue]] forKey:@"StopFrame"];
2241
2242
2243     /* The number of seek points equals the number of seconds announced in the title as that is our current granularity */
2244     int title_duration_seconds = (title->hours * 3600) + (title->minutes * 60) + (title->seconds);
2245     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title_duration_seconds] forKey:@"SourceTotalSeconds"];
2246
2247     [queueFileJob setObject:[fDstFile2Field stringValue] forKey:@"DestinationPath"];
2248
2249     /* Lets get the preset info if there is any */
2250     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPresetSelectedDisplay stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
2251     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] forKey:@"PresetIndexNum"];
2252
2253     [queueFileJob setObject:[fDstFormatPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"FileFormat"];
2254     /* Chapter Markers*/
2255     /* If we have only one chapter or a title without chapters, set chapter markers to off */
2256     if ([fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] ==  [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem])
2257     {
2258         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
2259     }
2260     else
2261     {
2262         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fCreateChapterMarkers state]] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
2263     }
2264
2265     /* We need to get the list of chapter names to put into an array and store
2266      * in our queue, so they can be reapplied in prepareJob when this queue
2267      * item comes up if Chapter Markers is set to on.
2268      */
2269      int i;
2270      NSMutableArray *ChapterNamesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
2271      int chaptercount = hb_list_count( fTitle->list_chapter );
2272      for( i = 0; i < chaptercount; i++ )
2273     {
2274         hb_chapter_t *chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( fTitle->list_chapter, i );
2275         if( chapter != NULL )
2276         {
2277           [ChapterNamesArray addObject:[NSString stringWithCString:chapter->title encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]];
2278         }
2279     }
2280     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: ChapterNamesArray] forKey:@"ChapterNames"];
2281     [ChapterNamesArray autorelease];
2282
2283     /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
2284         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4LargeFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"];
2285     /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
2286     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"];
2287     /* Add iPod uuid atom */
2288     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4iPodFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"];
2289
2290     /* Codecs */
2291         /* Video encoder */
2292         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidEncoderPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoEncoder"];
2293         /* x264 Option String */
2294         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] forKey:@"x264Option"];
2295
2296         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow]] forKey:@"VideoQualityType"];
2297         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidTargetSizeField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoTargetSize"];
2298         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidBitrateField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"];
2299         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fVidQualityRFField floatValue]] forKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"];
2300     /* Framerate */
2301     [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidRatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
2302
2303         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
2304         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTwoPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTwoPass"];
2305         /* Turbo 2 pass Encoding fVidTurboPassCheck*/
2306         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTurboPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"];
2307
2308         /* Picture Sizing */
2309         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
2310         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
2311         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
2312         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
2313         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
2314         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
2315     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->modulus] forKey:@"PictureModulus"];
2316     /* if we are custom anamorphic, store the exact storage, par and display dims */
2317     if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode == 3)
2318     {
2319         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->modulus] forKey:@"PicturePARModulus"];
2320
2321         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PicturePARStorageWidth"];
2322         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PicturePARStorageHeight"];
2323
2324         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.par_width] forKey:@"PicturePARPixelWidth"];
2325         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.par_height] forKey:@"PicturePARPixelHeight"];
2326
2327         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:fTitle->job->anamorphic.dar_width] forKey:@"PicturePARDisplayWidth"];
2328         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:fTitle->job->anamorphic.dar_height] forKey:@"PicturePARDisplayHeight"];
2329
2330     }
2331     NSString * pictureSummary;
2332     pictureSummary = [fPictureSizeField stringValue];
2333     [queueFileJob setObject:pictureSummary forKey:@"PictureSizingSummary"];
2334     /* Set crop settings here */
2335         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
2336     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
2337     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
2338         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
2339         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
2340
2341     /* Picture Filters */
2342     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController detelecine]] forKey:@"PictureDetelecine"];
2343     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"];
2344
2345     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController useDecomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"];
2346     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController decomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecomb"];
2347     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController decombCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"];
2348
2349     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deinterlace]] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"];
2350     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"];
2351
2352     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController denoise]] forKey:@"PictureDenoise"];
2353     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"];
2354
2355     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d",[fPictureController deblock]] forKey:@"PictureDeblock"];
2356
2357     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController grayscale]] forKey:@"VideoGrayScale"];
2358
2359     /*Audio*/
2360     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2361     {
2362         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio1Track"];
2363         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang1PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDescription"];
2364         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Encoder"];
2365         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"];
2366         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"];
2367         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"];
2368         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack1DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"];
2369     }
2370     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2371     {
2372         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio2Track"];
2373         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang2PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDescription"];
2374         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Encoder"];
2375         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"];
2376         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"];
2377         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"];
2378         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack2DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"];
2379     }
2380     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2381     {
2382         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio3Track"];
2383         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang3PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDescription"];
2384         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Encoder"];
2385         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"];
2386         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"];
2387         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"];
2388         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack3DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"];
2389     }
2390     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2391     {
2392         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio4Track"];
2393         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang4PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDescription"];
2394         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Encoder"];
2395         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"];
2396         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"];
2397         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"];
2398         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack4DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"];
2399     }
2400
2401         /* Subtitles*/
2402     NSMutableArray *subtitlesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithArray:[fSubtitlesDelegate getSubtitleArray] copyItems:YES];
2403     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSArray arrayWithArray: subtitlesArray] forKey:@"SubtitleList"];
2404     [subtitlesArray autorelease];
2405
2406     /* Now we go ahead and set the "job->values in the plist for passing right to fQueueEncodeLibhb */
2407
2408     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"JobChapterStart"];
2409
2410     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"JobChapterEnd"];
2411
2412
2413     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobFileFormatMux"];
2414
2415     /* Codecs */
2416         /* Video encoder */
2417         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobVideoEncoderVcodec"];
2418
2419     /* Framerate */
2420     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"];
2421     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->rate] forKey:@"JobVrate"];
2422     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->rate_base] forKey:@"JobVrateBase"];
2423
2424     /* Picture Sizing */
2425         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
2426         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
2427         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
2428         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
2429         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
2430         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
2431
2432     /* Set crop settings here */
2433         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
2434     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
2435     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
2436         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
2437         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
2438
2439
2440     /*Audio*/
2441     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2442     {
2443         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"];
2444         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Mixdown"];
2445         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Samplerate"];
2446         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Bitrate"];
2447      }
2448     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2449     {
2450         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"];
2451         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Mixdown"];
2452         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Samplerate"];
2453         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Bitrate"];
2454     }
2455     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2456     {
2457         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"];
2458         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Mixdown"];
2459         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Samplerate"];
2460         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Bitrate"];
2461     }
2462     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2463     {
2464         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"];
2465         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Mixdown"];
2466         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Samplerate"];
2467         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Bitrate"];
2468     }
2469
2470     /* we need to auto relase the queueFileJob and return it */
2471     [queueFileJob autorelease];
2472     return queueFileJob;
2473
2474 }
2475
2476 /* this is actually called from the queue controller to modify the queue array and return it back to the queue controller */
2477 - (void)moveObjectsInQueueArray:(NSMutableArray *)array fromIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexSet toIndex:(NSUInteger)insertIndex
2478 {
2479     NSUInteger index = [indexSet lastIndex];
2480     NSUInteger aboveInsertIndexCount = 0;
2481
2482
2483     NSUInteger removeIndex;
2484
2485     if (index >= insertIndex)
2486     {
2487         removeIndex = index + aboveInsertIndexCount;
2488         aboveInsertIndexCount++;
2489     }
2490     else
2491     {
2492         removeIndex = index;
2493         insertIndex--;
2494     }
2495
2496     id object = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:removeIndex] retain];
2497     [QueueFileArray removeObjectAtIndex:removeIndex];
2498     [QueueFileArray insertObject:object atIndex:insertIndex];
2499     [object release];
2500
2501     index = [indexSet indexLessThanIndex:index];
2502
2503    /* We save all of the Queue data here
2504     * and it also gets sent back to the queue controller*/
2505     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2506
2507 }
2508
2509
2510 #pragma mark -
2511 #pragma mark Queue Job Processing
2512
2513 - (void) incrementQueueItemDone:(int) queueItemDoneIndexNum
2514 {
2515     int i = currentQueueEncodeIndex;
2516     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Status"];
2517
2518     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
2519     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2520
2521     /* Since we have now marked a queue item as done
2522      * we can go ahead and increment currentQueueEncodeIndex
2523      * so that if there is anything left in the queue we can
2524      * go ahead and move to the next item if we want to */
2525     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
2526     int queueItems = [QueueFileArray count];
2527     /* If we still have more items in our queue, lets go to the next one */
2528     if (currentQueueEncodeIndex < queueItems)
2529     {
2530         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
2531     }
2532     else
2533     {
2534         [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone the %d item queue is complete", currentQueueEncodeIndex - 1];
2535     }
2536 }
2537
2538 /* Here we actually tell hb_scan to perform the source scan, using the path to source and title number*/
2539 - (void) performNewQueueScan:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum
2540 {
2541    /* Tell HB to output a new activity log file for this encode */
2542     [outputPanel startEncodeLog:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"]];
2543
2544     /* use a bool to determine whether or not we can decrypt using vlc */
2545     BOOL cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
2546     /* set the bool so that showNewScan knows to apply the appropriate queue
2547      * settings as this is a queue rescan
2548      */
2549     NSString *path = scanPath;
2550     HBDVDDetector *detector = [HBDVDDetector detectorForPath:path];
2551
2552     if( [detector isVideoDVD] )
2553     {
2554         // The chosen path was actually on a DVD, so use the raw block
2555         // device path instead.
2556         path = [detector devicePath];
2557         [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a physical dvd at: %s", [scanPath UTF8String]];
2558
2559         /* lets check for vlc here to make sure we have a dylib available to use for decrypting */
2560         NSString *vlcPath = @"/Applications/VLC.app";
2561         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
2562             if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:vlcPath] == 0)
2563             {
2564             /*vlc not found in /Applications so we set the bool to cancel scanning to 1 */
2565             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
2566             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app not found for decrypting physical dvd"];
2567             int status;
2568             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake could not find VLC.",@"Please download and install VLC media player in your /Applications folder if you wish to read encrypted DVDs.", @"Get VLC", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway");
2569             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
2570
2571             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
2572             {
2573                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
2574                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/"]];
2575             }
2576             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
2577             {
2578             /* User chose to cancel the scan */
2579             [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
2580             }
2581             else
2582             {
2583             /* User chose to override our warning and scan the physical dvd anyway, at their own peril. on an encrypted dvd this produces massive log files and fails */
2584             cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
2585             [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode vlc warning -trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
2586             }
2587
2588         }
2589         else
2590         {
2591             /* VLC was found in /Applications so all is well, we can carry on using vlc's libdvdcss.dylib for decrypting if needed */
2592             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
2593         }
2594     }
2595
2596     if (cancelScanDecrypt == 0)
2597     {
2598         /* we actually pass the scan off to libhb here */
2599         /* If there is no title number passed to scan, we use "0"
2600          * which causes the default behavior of a full source scan
2601          */
2602         if (!scanTitleNum)
2603         {
2604             scanTitleNum = 0;
2605         }
2606         if (scanTitleNum > 0)
2607         {
2608             [self writeToActivityLog: "scanning specifically for title: %d", scanTitleNum];
2609         }
2610
2611          /* We use our advance pref to determine how many previews to scan */
2612         int hb_num_previews = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"PreviewsNumber"] intValue];
2613         hb_scan( fQueueEncodeLibhb, [path UTF8String], scanTitleNum, hb_num_previews, 0 );
2614     }
2615 }
2616
2617 /* This assumes that we have re-scanned and loaded up a new queue item to send to libhb as fQueueEncodeLibhb */
2618 - (void) processNewQueueEncode
2619 {
2620     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
2621     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,0 ); // is always zero since now its a single title scan
2622     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2623
2624     if( !hb_list_count( list ) )
2625     {
2626         [self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode WARNING nothing found in the title list"];
2627     }
2628
2629     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2630     [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset: %s", [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetName"] UTF8String]];
2631     [self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode number of passes expected is: %d", ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] + 1)];
2632     job->file = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] UTF8String];
2633     [self prepareJob];
2634
2635     /*
2636      * If scanning we need to do some extra setup of the job.
2637      */
2638     if( job->indepth_scan == 1 )
2639     {
2640         char *x264opts_tmp;
2641
2642         /*
2643          * When subtitle scan is enabled do a fast pre-scan job
2644          * which will determine which subtitles to enable, if any.
2645          */
2646         job->pass = -1;
2647         x264opts_tmp = job->x264opts;
2648
2649         job->x264opts = NULL;
2650
2651         job->indepth_scan = 1;
2652
2653
2654         /*
2655          * Add the pre-scan job
2656          */
2657         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2658         job->x264opts = x264opts_tmp;
2659     }
2660
2661
2662     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 )
2663     {
2664         job->indepth_scan = 0;
2665
2666
2667
2668         job->pass = 1;
2669
2670         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2671
2672         job->pass = 2;
2673
2674         job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
2675         strcpy(job->x264opts, [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] UTF8String]);
2676
2677         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2678
2679     }
2680     else
2681     {
2682         job->indepth_scan = 0;
2683         job->pass = 0;
2684
2685         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2686     }
2687
2688     NSString *destinationDirectory = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
2689         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
2690         /* Lets mark our new encode as 1 or "Encoding" */
2691     [queueToApply setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"Status"];
2692     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2693
2694     /* we need to clean up the subtitle tracks after the job(s) have been set  */
2695     int num_subtitle_tracks = hb_list_count(job->list_subtitle);
2696     int ii;
2697     for(ii = 0; ii < num_subtitle_tracks; ii++)
2698     {
2699         hb_subtitle_t * subtitle;
2700         subtitle = (hb_subtitle_t *)hb_list_item(job->list_subtitle, 0);
2701
2702
2703         hb_list_rem(job->list_subtitle, subtitle);
2704         free(subtitle);
2705     }
2706
2707     /* We should be all setup so let 'er rip */
2708     [self doRip];
2709 }
2710
2711
2712
2713 #pragma mark -
2714 #pragma mark Queue Item Editing
2715
2716 /* Rescans the chosen queue item back into the main window */
2717 - (void)rescanQueueItemToMainWindow:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum selectedQueueItem: (int) selectedQueueItem
2718 {
2719     fqueueEditRescanItemNum = selectedQueueItem;
2720     [self writeToActivityLog: "rescanQueueItemToMainWindow: Re-scanning queue item at index:%d",fqueueEditRescanItemNum];
2721     applyQueueToScan = YES;
2722     /* Set the browsedSourceDisplayName for showNewScan */
2723     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:fqueueEditRescanItemNum] objectForKey:@"SourceName"];
2724     [self performScan:scanPath scanTitleNum:scanTitleNum];
2725 }
2726
2727
2728 /* We use this method after a queue item rescan for edit.
2729  * it largely mirrors -selectPreset in terms of structure.
2730  * Assumes that a queue item has been reloaded into the main window.
2731  */
2732 - (IBAction)applyQueueSettingsToMainWindow:(id)sender
2733 {
2734     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:fqueueEditRescanItemNum];
2735     hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
2736     if (queueToApply)
2737     {
2738         [self writeToActivityLog: "applyQueueSettingsToMainWindow: queue item found"];
2739     }
2740     /* Set title number and chapters */
2741     /* since the queue only scans a single title, its already been selected in showNewScan
2742        so do not try to reset it here. However if we do decide to do full source scans on
2743        a queue edit rescan, we would need it. So leaving in for now but commenting out. */
2744     //[fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"] intValue] - 1];
2745
2746     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterStart"] intValue] - 1];
2747     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterEnd"] intValue] - 1];
2748
2749     /* File Format */
2750     [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"FileFormat"]];
2751     [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
2752
2753     /* Chapter Markers*/
2754     [fCreateChapterMarkers setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue]];
2755     /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
2756     [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue]];
2757     /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
2758     [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue]];
2759
2760     /* Video encoder */
2761     /* We set the advanced opt string here if applicable*/
2762     [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoEncoder"]];
2763     [fAdvancedOptions setOptions:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"]];
2764
2765     /* Lets run through the following functions to get variables set there */
2766     [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
2767     /* Set the state of ipod compatible with Mp4iPodCompatible. Only for x264*/
2768     [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue]];
2769     [self calculateBitrate:nil];
2770
2771     /* Video quality */
2772     [fVidQualityMatrix selectCellAtRow:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] column:0];
2773
2774     [fVidTargetSizeField setStringValue:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTargetSize"]];
2775     [fVidBitrateField setStringValue:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"]];
2776     /* Since we are now using RF Values for the slider, we detect if the preset uses an old quality float.
2777      * So, check to see if the quality value is less than 1.0 which should indicate the old ".062" type
2778      * quality preset. Caveat: in the case of x264, where the RF scale starts at 0, it would misinterpret
2779      * a preset that uses 0.0 - 0.99 for RF as an old style preset. Not sure how to get around that one yet,
2780      * though it should be a corner case since it would pretty much be a preset for lossless encoding. */
2781     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue] < 1.0)
2782     {
2783         /* For the quality slider we need to convert the old percent's to the new rf scales */
2784         float rf =  (([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]);
2785         [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
2786
2787     }
2788     else
2789     {
2790         /* Since theora's qp value goes up from left to right, we can just set the slider float value */
2791         if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
2792         {
2793             [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
2794         }
2795         else
2796         {
2797             /* since ffmpeg and x264 use an "inverted" slider (lower qp/rf values indicate a higher quality) we invert the value on the slider */
2798             [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] + [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) - [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
2799         }
2800     }
2801
2802     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
2803
2804     /* Video framerate */
2805     /* For video preset video framerate, we want to make sure that Same as source does not conflict with the
2806      detected framerate in the fVidRatePopUp so we use index 0*/
2807     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"] isEqualToString:@"Same as source"])
2808     {
2809         [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2810     }
2811     else
2812     {
2813         [fVidRatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"]];
2814     }
2815
2816     /* 2 Pass Encoding */
2817     [fVidTwoPassCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue]];
2818     [self twoPassCheckboxChanged:nil];
2819     /* Turbo 1st pass for 2 Pass Encoding */
2820     [fVidTurboPassCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue]];
2821
2822     /*Audio*/
2823
2824
2825     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
2826     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] > 0)
2827     {
2828         [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue]];
2829         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
2830         [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"]];
2831         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
2832
2833         [fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"]];
2834
2835         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"]];
2836         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"]];
2837
2838         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2839         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
2840     }
2841     else
2842     {
2843         [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2844         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
2845     }
2846     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] > 0)
2847     {
2848         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue]];
2849         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
2850         [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"]];
2851         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
2852
2853         [fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"]];
2854
2855         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"]];
2856         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"]];
2857
2858         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2859         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
2860     }
2861     else
2862     {
2863         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2864         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
2865     }
2866     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] > 0)
2867     {
2868         [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue]];
2869         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
2870         [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"]];
2871         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
2872
2873         [fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"]];
2874
2875         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"]];
2876         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"]];
2877
2878         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2879         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
2880     }
2881     else
2882     {
2883         [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2884         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
2885     }
2886     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] > 0)
2887     {
2888         [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue]];
2889         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
2890         [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"]];
2891         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
2892
2893         [fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"]];
2894
2895         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"]];
2896         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"]];
2897
2898         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2899         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
2900     }
2901     else
2902     {
2903         [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2904         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
2905     }
2906
2907     /*Subtitles*/
2908     /* Crashy crashy right now, working on it */
2909     [fSubtitlesDelegate setNewSubtitles:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"]];
2910     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
2911     /* Picture Settings */
2912
2913     /* If Cropping is set to custom, then recall all four crop values from
2914      when the preset was created and apply them */
2915     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"]  intValue] == 0)
2916     {
2917         [fPictureController setAutoCrop:NO];
2918
2919         /* Here we use the custom crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
2920         job->crop[0] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
2921         job->crop[1] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
2922         job->crop[2] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
2923         job->crop[3] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
2924
2925     }
2926     else /* if auto crop has been saved in preset, set to auto and use post scan auto crop */
2927     {
2928         [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
2929         /* Here we use the auto crop values determined right after scan */
2930         job->crop[0] = AutoCropTop;
2931         job->crop[1] = AutoCropBottom;
2932         job->crop[2] = AutoCropLeft;
2933         job->crop[3] = AutoCropRight;
2934
2935     }
2936
2937     job->modulus = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureModulus"]  intValue];
2938
2939     /* we check to make sure the presets width/height does not exceed the sources width/height */
2940     if (fTitle->width < [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue] || fTitle->height < [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue])
2941     {
2942         /* if so, then we use the sources height and width to avoid scaling up */
2943         //job->width = fTitle->width;
2944         //job->height = fTitle->height;
2945         [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
2946     }
2947     else // source width/height is >= the preset height/width
2948     {
2949         /* we can go ahead and use the presets values for height and width */
2950         job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
2951         job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
2952     }
2953     job->keep_ratio = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
2954     if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
2955     {
2956         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
2957         if( job->height > fTitle->height )
2958         {
2959             job->height = fTitle->height;
2960             hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
2961         }
2962     }
2963     job->anamorphic.mode = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
2964     job->modulus = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureModulus"]  intValue];
2965
2966     /* Filters */
2967
2968     /* We only allow *either* Decomb or Deinterlace. So check for the PictureDecombDeinterlace key.
2969      * also, older presets may not have this key, in which case we also check to see if that preset had  PictureDecomb
2970      * specified, in which case we use decomb and ignore any possible Deinterlace settings as using both was less than
2971      * sane.
2972      */
2973     [fPictureController setUseDecomb:1];
2974     [fPictureController setDecomb:0];
2975     [fPictureController setDeinterlace:0];
2976     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1 || [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
2977     {
2978         /* we are using decomb */
2979         /* Decomb */
2980         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
2981         {
2982             [fPictureController setDecomb:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue]];
2983
2984             /* if we are using "Custom" in the decomb setting, also set the custom string*/
2985             if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 1)
2986             {
2987                 [fPictureController setDecombCustomString:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"]];
2988             }
2989         }
2990     }
2991     else
2992     {
2993         /* We are using Deinterlace */
2994         /* Deinterlace */
2995         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] > 0)
2996         {
2997             [fPictureController setUseDecomb:0];
2998             [fPictureController setDeinterlace:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue]];
2999             /* if we are using "Custom" in the deinterlace setting, also set the custom string*/
3000             if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
3001             {
3002                 [fPictureController setDeinterlaceCustomString:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"]];
3003             }
3004         }
3005     }
3006
3007
3008     /* Detelecine */
3009     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] > 0)
3010     {
3011         [fPictureController setDetelecine:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue]];
3012         /* if we are using "Custom" in the detelecine setting, also set the custom string*/
3013         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
3014         {
3015             [fPictureController setDetelecineCustomString:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"]];
3016         }
3017     }
3018     else
3019     {
3020         [fPictureController setDetelecine:0];
3021     }
3022
3023     /* Denoise */
3024     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] > 0)
3025     {
3026         [fPictureController setDenoise:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue]];
3027         /* if we are using "Custom" in the denoise setting, also set the custom string*/
3028         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 1)
3029         {
3030             [fPictureController setDenoiseCustomString:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"]];
3031         }
3032     }
3033     else
3034     {
3035         [fPictureController setDenoise:0];
3036     }
3037
3038     /* Deblock */
3039     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] == 1)
3040     {
3041         /* if its a one, then its the old on/off deblock, set on to 5*/
3042         [fPictureController setDeblock:5];
3043     }
3044     else
3045     {
3046         /* use the settings intValue */
3047         [fPictureController setDeblock:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue]];
3048     }
3049
3050     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue] == 1)
3051     {
3052         [fPictureController setGrayscale:1];
3053     }
3054     else
3055     {
3056         [fPictureController setGrayscale:0];
3057     }
3058
3059     /* we call SetTitle: in fPictureController so we get an instant update in the Picture Settings window */
3060     [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
3061     [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
3062
3063     /* somehow we need to figure out a way to tie the queue item to a preset if it used one */
3064     //[queueFileJob setObject:[fPresetSelectedDisplay stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
3065     //[queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] forKey:@"PresetIndexNum"];
3066     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"]) // This item used a preset so insert that info
3067         {
3068                 /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
3069         //[fPresetsOutlineView selectRowIndexes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"] intValue]] byExtendingSelection:NO];
3070         //[self selectPreset:nil];
3071
3072         //[fPresetsOutlineView selectRow:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"] intValue]];
3073                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
3074                 //[fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetName"] stringValue]];
3075
3076                 curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
3077         }
3078     else
3079     {
3080         /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
3081                 [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
3082                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
3083                 [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: @"Custom"];
3084
3085                 //curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
3086     }
3087
3088     /* We need to set this bool back to NO, in case the user wants to do a scan */
3089     //applyQueueToScan = NO;
3090
3091     /* Not that source is loaded and settings applied, delete the queue item from the queue */
3092     [self writeToActivityLog: "applyQueueSettingsToMainWindow: deleting queue item:%d",fqueueEditRescanItemNum];
3093     [self removeQueueFileItem:fqueueEditRescanItemNum];
3094 }
3095
3096
3097
3098 #pragma mark -
3099 #pragma mark Live Preview
3100 /* Note,this is much like prepareJob, but directly sets the job vars so Picture Preview
3101  * can encode to its temp preview directory and playback. This is *not* used for any actual user
3102  * encodes
3103  */
3104 - (void) prepareJobForPreview
3105 {
3106     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
3107     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
3108             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
3109     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
3110     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
3111     /* set job->angle for libdvdnav */
3112     job->angle = [fSrcAnglePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
3113     /* Chapter selection */
3114     job->chapter_start = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
3115     job->chapter_end   = [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
3116
3117     /* Format (Muxer) and Video Encoder */
3118     job->mux = [[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3119     job->vcodec = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3120
3121     job->chapter_markers = 0;
3122
3123         if( job->vcodec & HB_VCODEC_X264 )
3124     {
3125
3126                 /* Below Sends x264 options to the core library if x264 is selected*/
3127                 /* Lets use this as per Nyx, Thanks Nyx!*/
3128                 job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
3129                 /* For previews we ignore the turbo option for the first pass of two since we only use 1 pass */
3130                 strcpy(job->x264opts, [[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] UTF8String]);
3131
3132
3133     }
3134
3135     /* Video settings */
3136    /* Set vfr to 0 as it's only on if using same as source in the framerate popup
3137      * and detelecine is on, so we handle that in the logic below
3138      */
3139     job->vfr = 0;
3140     if( [fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0 )
3141     {
3142         /* a specific framerate has been chosen */
3143         job->vrate      = 27000000;
3144         job->vrate_base = hb_video_rates[[fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem]-1].rate;
3145         /* We are not same as source so we set job->cfr to 1
3146          * to enable constant frame rate since user has specified
3147          * a specific framerate*/
3148         job->cfr = 1;
3149     }
3150     else
3151     {
3152         /* We are same as source (variable) */
3153         job->vrate      = title->rate;
3154         job->vrate_base = title->rate_base;
3155         /* We are same as source so we set job->cfr to 0
3156          * to enable true same as source framerate */
3157         job->cfr = 0;
3158         /* If we are same as source and we have detelecine on, we need to turn on
3159          * job->vfr
3160          */
3161         if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
3162         {
3163             job->vfr = 1;
3164         }
3165     }
3166
3167     switch( [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] )
3168     {
3169         case 0:
3170             /* Target size.
3171                Bitrate should already have been calculated and displayed
3172                in fVidBitrateField, so let's just use it */
3173         case 1:
3174             job->vquality = -1.0;
3175             job->vbitrate = [fVidBitrateField intValue];
3176             break;
3177         case 2:
3178             job->vquality = [fVidQualityRFField floatValue];
3179             job->vbitrate = 0;
3180             break;
3181     }
3182
3183     /* Subtitle settings */
3184     NSMutableArray *subtitlesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithArray:[fSubtitlesDelegate getSubtitleArray] copyItems:YES];
3185
3186
3187 int subtitle = nil;
3188 int force;
3189 int burned;
3190 int def;
3191 bool one_burned = FALSE;
3192
3193     int i = 0;
3194     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [subtitlesArray objectEnumerator];
3195     id tempObject;
3196     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3197     {
3198
3199         subtitle = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum"] intValue];
3200         force = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackForced"] intValue];
3201         burned = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackBurned"] intValue];
3202         def = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackDefault"] intValue];
3203
3204         /* since the subtitleSourceTrackNum 0 is "None" in our array of the subtitle popups,
3205          * we want to ignore it for display as well as encoding.
3206          */
3207         if (subtitle > 0)
3208         {
3209             /* if i is 0, then we are in the first item of the subtitles which we need to
3210              * check for the "Foreign Audio Search" which would be subtitleSourceTrackNum of 1
3211              * bearing in mind that for all tracks subtitleSourceTrackNum of 0 is None.
3212              */
3213
3214             /* if we are on the first track and using "Foreign Audio Search" */
3215             if (i == 0 && subtitle == 1)
3216             {
3217                 /* NOTE: Currently foreign language search is borked for preview.
3218                  * Commented out but left in for initial commit. */
3219
3220
3221                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Foreign Language Search: %d", 1];
3222
3223                 job->indepth_scan = 1;
3224                 if (burned == 1 || job->mux != HB_MUX_MP4)
3225                 {
3226                     if (burned != 1 && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV)
3227                     {
3228                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3229                     }
3230                     else
3231                     {
3232                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = RENDERSUB;
3233                     }
3234
3235                     job->select_subtitle_config.force = force;
3236                     job->select_subtitle_config.default_track = def;
3237
3238                 }
3239
3240
3241             }
3242             else
3243             {
3244
3245                 /* for the actual source tracks, we must subtract the non source entries so
3246                  * that the menu index matches the source subtitle_list index for convenience */
3247                 if (i == 0)
3248                 {
3249                     /* for the first track, the source tracks start at menu index 2 ( None is 0,
3250                      * Foreign Language Search is 1) so subtract 2 */
3251                     subtitle = subtitle - 2;
3252                 }
3253                 else
3254                 {
3255                     /* for all other tracks, the source tracks start at menu index 1 (None is 0)
3256                      * so subtract 1. */
3257
3258                     subtitle = subtitle - 1;
3259                 }
3260
3261                 /* We are setting a source subtitle so access the source subtitle info */
3262                 hb_subtitle_t * subt;
3263
3264                 subt = (hb_subtitle_t *)hb_list_item(title->list_subtitle, subtitle);
3265
3266                 /* if we are getting the subtitles from an external srt file */
3267                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackType"] isEqualToString:@"SRT"])
3268                 {
3269                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config;
3270
3271                     sub_config.offset = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtOffset"] intValue];
3272
3273                     /* we need to srncpy file path and char code */
3274                     strncpy(sub_config.src_filename, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceSrtFilePath"] UTF8String], 128);
3275                     strncpy(sub_config.src_codeset, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtCharCode"] UTF8String], 40);
3276
3277                     sub_config.force = 0;
3278                     sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3279                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3280
3281                     hb_srt_add( job, &sub_config, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtLanguageIso3"] UTF8String]);
3282                 }
3283
3284                 if (subt != NULL)
3285                 {
3286                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config = subt->config;
3287
3288                     if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV &&
3289                         subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3290                     {
3291                         sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3292                     }
3293                     else if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MP4 &&
3294                              subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3295                     {
3296                         // Skip any non-burned vobsubs when output is mp4
3297                         continue;
3298                     }
3299                     else if ( burned && subt->format == PICTURESUB )
3300                     {
3301                         // Only allow one subtitle to be burned into the video
3302                         if (one_burned)
3303                             continue;
3304                         one_burned = TRUE;
3305                     }
3306                     sub_config.force = force;
3307                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3308                     hb_subtitle_add( job, &sub_config, subtitle );
3309                 }
3310
3311             }
3312         }
3313         i++;
3314     }
3315
3316
3317
3318 [subtitlesArray autorelease];
3319
3320
3321     /* Audio tracks and mixdowns */
3322     /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
3323     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
3324     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
3325     {
3326         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
3327         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
3328     }
3329     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
3330     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3331     {
3332         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3333         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3334         audio->in.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3335         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3336         audio->out.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3337         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3338         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3339         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3340         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3341         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack1DrcField floatValue];
3342
3343         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3344         free(audio);
3345     }
3346     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3347     {
3348         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3349         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3350         audio->in.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3351         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3352         audio->out.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3353         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3354         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3355         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3356         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3357         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack2DrcField floatValue];
3358
3359         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3360         free(audio);
3361
3362     }
3363
3364     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3365     {
3366         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3367         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3368         audio->in.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3369         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3370         audio->out.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3371         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3372         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3373         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3374         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3375         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack3DrcField floatValue];
3376
3377         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3378         free(audio);
3379
3380     }
3381
3382     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3383     {
3384         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3385         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3386         audio->in.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3387         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3388         audio->out.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3389         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3390         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3391         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3392         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3393         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack4DrcField floatValue];
3394
3395         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3396         free(audio);
3397
3398     }
3399
3400
3401
3402     /* Filters */
3403
3404     /* Though Grayscale is not really a filter, per se
3405      * we put it here since its in the filters panel
3406      */
3407
3408     if ([fPictureController grayscale])
3409     {
3410         job->grayscale = 1;
3411     }
3412     else
3413     {
3414         job->grayscale = 0;
3415     }
3416
3417     /* Initialize the filters list */
3418     job->filters = hb_list_init();
3419
3420     /* Now lets call the filters if applicable.
3421     * The order of the filters is critical
3422     */
3423
3424         /* Detelecine */
3425     hb_filter_detelecine.settings = NULL;
3426     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
3427     {
3428         /* use a custom detelecine string */
3429         hb_filter_detelecine.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] UTF8String];
3430         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3431     }
3432     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 2)
3433     {
3434         /* Default */
3435         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3436     }
3437
3438
3439
3440     if ([fPictureController useDecomb] == 1)
3441     {
3442         /* Decomb */
3443         /* we add the custom string if present */
3444         hb_filter_decomb.settings = NULL;
3445         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 1)
3446         {
3447             /* use a custom decomb string */
3448             hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController decombCustomString] UTF8String];
3449             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3450         }
3451         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 2)
3452         {
3453             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3454             //hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[fPicSettingDecomb stringValue] UTF8String];
3455             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3456         }
3457     }
3458     else
3459     {
3460
3461         /* Deinterlace */
3462         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 1)
3463         {
3464             /* we add the custom string if present */
3465             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] UTF8String];
3466             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3467         }
3468         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 2)
3469         {
3470             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3471             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "-1";
3472             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3473         }
3474         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 3)
3475         {
3476             /* Yadif mode 0 (without spatial deinterlacing.) */
3477             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "2";
3478             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3479         }
3480         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 4)
3481         {
3482             /* Yadif (with spatial deinterlacing) */
3483             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "0";
3484             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3485         }
3486
3487         }
3488
3489     /* Denoise */
3490         if ([fPictureController denoise] == 1) // custom in popup
3491         {
3492                 /* we add the custom string if present */
3493         hb_filter_denoise.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] UTF8String];
3494         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3495         }
3496     else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 2) // Weak in popup
3497         {
3498                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "2:1:2:3";
3499         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3500         }
3501         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 3) // Medium in popup
3502         {
3503                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "3:2:2:3";
3504         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3505         }
3506         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 4) // Strong in popup
3507         {
3508                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "7:7:5:5";
3509         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3510         }
3511
3512
3513     /* Deblock  (uses pp7 default) */
3514     /* NOTE: even though there is a valid deblock setting of 0 for the filter, for
3515      * the macgui's purposes a value of 0 actually means to not even use the filter
3516      * current hb_filter_deblock.settings valid ranges are from 5 - 15
3517      */
3518     if ([fPictureController deblock] != 0)
3519     {
3520         NSString *deblockStringValue = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d",[fPictureController deblock]];
3521         hb_filter_deblock.settings = (char *) [deblockStringValue UTF8String];
3522         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deblock );
3523     }
3524
3525 }
3526
3527
3528 #pragma mark -
3529 #pragma mark Job Handling
3530
3531
3532 - (void) prepareJob
3533 {
3534
3535     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
3536     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3537     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,0 ); // is always zero since now its a single title scan
3538     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
3539     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
3540     /* Title Angle for dvdnav */
3541     job->angle = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"TitleAngle"] intValue];
3542
3543     if([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"fEncodeStartStop"] intValue] == 0)
3544     {
3545         /* Chapter selection */
3546         [self writeToActivityLog: "Start / Stop set to chapters"];
3547         job->chapter_start = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobChapterStart"] intValue];
3548         job->chapter_end   = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobChapterEnd"] intValue];
3549     }
3550     else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"fEncodeStartStop"] intValue] == 1)
3551     {
3552         /* we are pts based start / stop */
3553         [self writeToActivityLog: "Start / Stop set to seconds ..."];
3554
3555         /* Point A to Point B. Time to time in seconds.*/
3556         /* get the start seconds from the start seconds field */
3557         int start_seconds = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"StartSeconds"] intValue];
3558         job->pts_to_start = start_seconds * 90000LL;
3559         /* Stop seconds is actually the duration of encode, so subtract the end seconds from the start seconds */
3560         int stop_seconds = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"StopSeconds"] intValue];
3561         job->pts_to_stop = stop_seconds * 90000LL;
3562
3563     }
3564     else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"fEncodeStartStop"] intValue] == 2)
3565     {
3566         /* we are frame based start / stop */
3567         [self writeToActivityLog: "Start / Stop set to frames ..."];
3568
3569         /* Point A to Point B. Frame to frame */
3570         /* get the start frame from the start frame field */
3571         int start_frame = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"StartFrame"] intValue];
3572         job->frame_to_start = start_frame;
3573         /* get the frame to stop on from the end frame field */
3574         int stop_frame = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"StopFrame"] intValue];
3575         job->frame_to_stop = stop_frame;
3576
3577     }
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582     /* Format (Muxer) and Video Encoder */
3583     job->mux = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobFileFormatMux"] intValue];
3584     job->vcodec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVideoEncoderVcodec"] intValue];
3585
3586
3587     /* If mpeg-4, then set mpeg-4 specific options like chapters and > 4gb file sizes */
3588     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue] == 1)
3589     {
3590         job->largeFileSize = 1;
3591     }
3592     else
3593     {
3594         job->largeFileSize = 0;
3595     }
3596     /* We set http optimized mp4 here */
3597     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue] == 1 )
3598     {
3599         job->mp4_optimize = 1;
3600     }
3601     else
3602     {
3603         job->mp4_optimize = 0;
3604     }
3605
3606
3607     /* We set the chapter marker extraction here based on the format being
3608      mpeg4 or mkv and the checkbox being checked */
3609     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue] == 1)
3610     {
3611         job->chapter_markers = 1;
3612
3613         /* now lets get our saved chapter names out the array in the queue file
3614          * and insert them back into the title chapter list. We have it here,
3615          * because unless we are inserting chapter markers there is no need to
3616          * spend the overhead of iterating through the chapter names array imo
3617          * Also, note that if for some reason we don't apply chapter names, the
3618          * chapters just come out 001, 002, etc. etc.
3619          */
3620
3621         NSMutableArray *ChapterNamesArray = [queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterNames"];
3622         int i = 0;
3623         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [ChapterNamesArray objectEnumerator];
3624         id tempObject;
3625         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3626         {
3627             hb_chapter_t *chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_chapter, i );
3628             if( chapter != NULL )
3629             {
3630                 strncpy( chapter->title, [tempObject UTF8String], 1023);
3631                 chapter->title[1023] = '\0';
3632             }
3633             i++;
3634         }
3635     }
3636     else
3637     {
3638         job->chapter_markers = 0;
3639     }
3640
3641     if( job->vcodec & HB_VCODEC_X264 )
3642     {
3643                 if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue] == 1)
3644             {
3645             job->ipod_atom = 1;
3646                 }
3647         else
3648         {
3649             job->ipod_atom = 0;
3650         }
3651
3652
3653                 /* Below Sends x264 options to the core library if x264 is selected*/
3654                 /* Lets use this as per Nyx, Thanks Nyx!*/
3655                 job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
3656                 /* Turbo first pass if two pass and Turbo First pass is selected */
3657                 if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 && [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 )
3658                 {
3659                         /* pass the "Turbo" string to be appended to the existing x264 opts string into a variable for the first pass */
3660                         NSString *firstPassOptStringTurbo = @":ref=1:subme=2:me=dia:analyse=none:trellis=0:no-fast-pskip=0:8x8dct=0:weightb=0";
3661                         /* append the "Turbo" string variable to the existing opts string.
3662              Note: the "Turbo" string must be appended, not prepended to work properly*/
3663                         NSString *firstPassOptStringCombined = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] stringByAppendingString:firstPassOptStringTurbo];
3664                         strcpy(job->x264opts, [firstPassOptStringCombined UTF8String]);
3665                 }
3666                 else
3667                 {
3668                         strcpy(job->x264opts, [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] UTF8String]);
3669                 }
3670
3671     }
3672
3673
3674     /* Picture Size Settings */
3675     job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
3676     job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
3677
3678     job->keep_ratio = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
3679     job->anamorphic.mode = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
3680     job->modulus = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureModulus"] intValue];
3681     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue] == 3)
3682     {
3683         /* insert our custom values here for capuj */
3684         job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARStorageWidth"]  intValue];
3685         job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARStorageHeight"]  intValue];
3686
3687         job->modulus = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARModulus"] intValue];
3688
3689         job->anamorphic.par_width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARPixelWidth"]  intValue];
3690         job->anamorphic.par_height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARPixelHeight"]  intValue];
3691
3692         job->anamorphic.dar_width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARDisplayWidth"]  floatValue];
3693         job->anamorphic.dar_height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARDisplayHeight"]  floatValue];
3694     }
3695
3696     /* Here we use the crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
3697     job->crop[0] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
3698     job->crop[1] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
3699     job->crop[2] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
3700     job->crop[3] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
3701
3702     /* Video settings */
3703     /* Framerate */
3704
3705     /* Set vfr to 0 as it's only on if using same as source in the framerate popup
3706      * and detelecine is on, so we handle that in the logic below
3707      */
3708     job->vfr = 0;
3709     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"] intValue] > 0 )
3710     {
3711         /* a specific framerate has been chosen */
3712         job->vrate      = 27000000;
3713         job->vrate_base = hb_video_rates[[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"] intValue]-1].rate;
3714         /* We are not same as source so we set job->cfr to 1
3715          * to enable constant frame rate since user has specified
3716          * a specific framerate*/
3717         job->cfr = 1;
3718     }
3719     else
3720     {
3721         /* We are same as source (variable) */
3722         job->vrate      = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVrate"] intValue];
3723         job->vrate_base = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVrateBase"] intValue];
3724         /* We are same as source so we set job->cfr to 0
3725          * to enable true same as source framerate */
3726         job->cfr = 0;
3727         /* If we are same as source and we have detelecine on, we need to turn on
3728          * job->vfr
3729          */
3730         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
3731         {
3732             job->vfr = 1;
3733         }
3734     }
3735
3736     if ( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] != 2 )
3737     {
3738         /* Target size.
3739          Bitrate should already have been calculated and displayed
3740          in fVidBitrateField, so let's just use it same as abr*/
3741         job->vquality = -1.0;
3742         job->vbitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"] intValue];
3743     }
3744     if ( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] == 2 )
3745     {
3746         job->vquality = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue];
3747         job->vbitrate = 0;
3748
3749     }
3750
3751     job->grayscale = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue];
3752
3753
3754
3755 #pragma mark -
3756 #pragma mark Process Subtitles to libhb
3757
3758 /* Map the settings in the dictionaries for the SubtitleList array to match title->list_subtitle
3759  * which means that we need to account for the offset of non source language settings in from
3760  * the NSPopUpCell menu. For all of the objects in the SubtitleList array this means 0 is "None"
3761  * from the popup menu, additionally the first track has "Foreign Audio Search" at 1. So we use
3762  * an int to offset the index number for the objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum" to map that
3763  * to the source tracks position in title->list_subtitle.
3764  */
3765
3766 int subtitle = nil;
3767 int force;
3768 int burned;
3769 int def;
3770 bool one_burned = FALSE;
3771
3772     int i = 0;
3773     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"] objectEnumerator];
3774     id tempObject;
3775     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3776     {
3777
3778         subtitle = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum"] intValue];
3779         force = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackForced"] intValue];
3780         burned = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackBurned"] intValue];
3781         def = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackDefault"] intValue];
3782
3783         /* since the subtitleSourceTrackNum 0 is "None" in our array of the subtitle popups,
3784          * we want to ignore it for display as well as encoding.
3785          */
3786         if (subtitle > 0)
3787         {
3788             /* if i is 0, then we are in the first item of the subtitles which we need to
3789              * check for the "Foreign Audio Search" which would be subtitleSourceTrackNum of 1
3790              * bearing in mind that for all tracks subtitleSourceTrackNum of 0 is None.
3791              */
3792
3793             /* if we are on the first track and using "Foreign Audio Search" */
3794             if (i == 0 && subtitle == 1)
3795             {
3796                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Foreign Language Search: %d", 1];
3797
3798                 job->indepth_scan = 1;
3799                 if (burned == 1 || job->mux != HB_MUX_MP4)
3800                 {
3801                     if (burned != 1 && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV)
3802                     {
3803                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3804                     }
3805                     else
3806                     {
3807                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = RENDERSUB;
3808                     }
3809
3810                     job->select_subtitle_config.force = force;
3811                     job->select_subtitle_config.default_track = def;
3812                 }
3813
3814
3815             }
3816             else
3817             {
3818
3819                 /* for the actual source tracks, we must subtract the non source entries so
3820                  * that the menu index matches the source subtitle_list index for convenience */
3821                 if (i == 0)
3822                 {
3823                     /* for the first track, the source tracks start at menu index 2 ( None is 0,
3824                      * Foreign Language Search is 1) so subtract 2 */
3825                     subtitle = subtitle - 2;
3826                 }
3827                 else
3828                 {
3829                     /* for all other tracks, the source tracks start at menu index 1 (None is 0)
3830                      * so subtract 1. */
3831
3832                     subtitle = subtitle - 1;
3833                 }
3834
3835                 /* We are setting a source subtitle so access the source subtitle info */
3836                 hb_subtitle_t * subt;
3837
3838                 subt = (hb_subtitle_t *)hb_list_item(title->list_subtitle, subtitle);
3839
3840                 /* if we are getting the subtitles from an external srt file */
3841                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackType"] isEqualToString:@"SRT"])
3842                 {
3843                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config;
3844
3845                     sub_config.offset = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtOffset"] intValue];
3846
3847                     /* we need to srncpy file name and codeset */
3848                     strncpy(sub_config.src_filename, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceSrtFilePath"] UTF8String], 128);
3849                     strncpy(sub_config.src_codeset, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtCharCode"] UTF8String], 40);
3850
3851                     sub_config.force = 0;
3852                     sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3853                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3854
3855                     hb_srt_add( job, &sub_config, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtLanguageIso3"] UTF8String]);
3856                 }
3857
3858
3859                 if (subt != NULL)
3860                 {
3861                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config = subt->config;
3862
3863                     if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV &&
3864                         subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3865                     {
3866                         sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3867                     }
3868                     else if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MP4 &&
3869                              subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3870                     {
3871                         // Skip any non-burned vobsubs when output is mp4
3872                         continue;
3873                     }
3874                     else if ( burned && subt->format == PICTURESUB )
3875                     {
3876                         // Only allow one subtitle to be burned into the video
3877                         if (one_burned)
3878                             continue;
3879                         one_burned = TRUE;
3880                     }
3881                     sub_config.force = force;
3882                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3883                     hb_subtitle_add( job, &sub_config, subtitle );
3884                 }
3885
3886             }
3887         }
3888         i++;
3889     }
3890
3891 #pragma mark -
3892
3893
3894     /* Audio tracks and mixdowns */
3895     /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
3896     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
3897     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
3898     {
3899         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
3900         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
3901     }
3902     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
3903     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] > 0)
3904     {
3905         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3906         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3907         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] - 1;
3908         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3909         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] - 1;
3910         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"] intValue];
3911         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Mixdown"] intValue];
3912         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Bitrate"] intValue];
3913         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Samplerate"] intValue];
3914         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3915
3916         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3917         free(audio);
3918     }
3919     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] > 0)
3920     {
3921
3922         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3923         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3924         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] - 1;
3925         [self writeToActivityLog: "prepareJob audiotrack 2 is: %d", audio->in.track];
3926         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3927         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] - 1;
3928         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"] intValue];
3929         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Mixdown"] intValue];
3930         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Bitrate"] intValue];
3931         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Samplerate"] intValue];
3932         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3933
3934         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3935         free(audio);
3936     }
3937
3938     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] > 0)
3939     {
3940         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3941         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3942         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] - 1;
3943         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3944         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] - 1;
3945         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"] intValue];
3946         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Mixdown"] intValue];
3947         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Bitrate"] intValue];
3948         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Samplerate"] intValue];
3949         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3950
3951         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3952         free(audio);
3953     }
3954
3955     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] > 0)
3956     {
3957         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3958         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3959         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] - 1;
3960         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3961         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] - 1;
3962         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"] intValue];
3963         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Mixdown"] intValue];
3964         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Bitrate"] intValue];
3965         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Samplerate"] intValue];
3966         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3967
3968         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3969
3970
3971     }
3972
3973     /* Filters */
3974     job->filters = hb_list_init();
3975
3976     /* Now lets call the filters if applicable.
3977      * The order of the filters is critical
3978      */
3979     /* Detelecine */
3980     hb_filter_detelecine.settings = NULL;
3981     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
3982     {
3983         /* use a custom detelecine string */
3984         hb_filter_detelecine.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"] UTF8String];
3985         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3986     }
3987     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 2)
3988     {
3989         /* Use libhb's default values */
3990         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3991     }
3992
3993     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
3994     {
3995         /* Decomb */
3996         /* we add the custom string if present */
3997         hb_filter_decomb.settings = NULL;
3998         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 1)
3999         {
4000             /* use a custom decomb string */
4001             hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"] UTF8String];
4002             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
4003         }
4004         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 2)
4005         {
4006             /* Use libhb default */
4007             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
4008         }
4009
4010     }
4011     else
4012     {
4013
4014         /* Deinterlace */
4015         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
4016         {
4017             /* we add the custom string if present */
4018             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"] UTF8String];
4019             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
4020         }
4021         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 2)
4022         {
4023             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
4024             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "-1";
4025             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
4026         }
4027         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 3)
4028         {
4029             /* Yadif mode 0 (without spatial deinterlacing.) */
4030             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "2";
4031             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
4032         }
4033         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 4)
4034         {
4035             /* Yadif (with spatial deinterlacing) */
4036             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "0";
4037             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
4038         }
4039
4040
4041     }
4042     /* Denoise */
4043         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 1) // Custom in popup
4044         {
4045                 /* we add the custom string if present */
4046         hb_filter_denoise.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"] UTF8String];
4047         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
4048         }
4049     else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 2) // Weak in popup
4050         {
4051                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "2:1:2:3";
4052         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
4053         }
4054         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 3) // Medium in popup
4055         {
4056                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "3:2:2:3";
4057         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
4058         }
4059         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 4) // Strong in popup
4060         {
4061                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "7:7:5:5";
4062         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
4063         }
4064
4065
4066     /* Deblock  (uses pp7 default) */
4067     /* NOTE: even though there is a valid deblock setting of 0 for the filter, for
4068      * the macgui's purposes a value of 0 actually means to not even use the filter
4069      * current hb_filter_deblock.settings valid ranges are from 5 - 15
4070      */
4071     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] != 0)
4072     {
4073         hb_filter_deblock.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] UTF8String];
4074         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deblock );
4075     }
4076 [self writeToActivityLog: "prepareJob exiting"];
4077 }
4078
4079
4080
4081 /* addToQueue: puts up an alert before ultimately calling doAddToQueue
4082 */
4083 - (IBAction) addToQueue: (id) sender
4084 {
4085         /* We get the destination directory from the destination field here */
4086         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
4087         /* We check for a valid destination here */
4088         if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:destinationDirectory] == 0)
4089         {
4090                 NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"This is not a valid destination directory!", @"OK", nil, nil);
4091         return;
4092         }
4093
4094     BOOL fileExists;
4095     fileExists = NO;
4096
4097     BOOL fileExistsInQueue;
4098     fileExistsInQueue = NO;
4099
4100     /* We check for and existing file here */
4101     if([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath: [fDstFile2Field stringValue]])
4102     {
4103         fileExists = YES;
4104     }
4105
4106     /* We now run through the queue and make sure we are not overwriting an exisiting queue item */
4107     int i = 0;
4108     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
4109         id tempObject;
4110         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
4111         {
4112                 NSDictionary *thisQueueDict = tempObject;
4113                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] isEqualToString: [fDstFile2Field stringValue]])
4114                 {
4115                         fileExistsInQueue = YES;
4116                 }
4117         i++;
4118         }
4119
4120
4121         if(fileExists == YES)
4122     {
4123         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"File already exists.", @"" ),
4124                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", @"" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
4125                                   @selector( overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
4126                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
4127                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
4128                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
4129     }
4130     else if (fileExistsInQueue == YES)
4131     {
4132     NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"There is already a queue item for this destination.", @"" ),
4133                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", @"" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
4134                                   @selector( overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
4135                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
4136                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
4137                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
4138     }
4139     else
4140     {
4141         [self doAddToQueue];
4142     }
4143 }
4144
4145 /* overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone: called from the alert posted by addToQueue that asks
4146    the user if they want to overwrite an exiting movie file.
4147 */
4148 - (void) overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone: (NSWindow *) sheet
4149     returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
4150 {
4151     if( returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
4152         [self doAddToQueue];
4153 }
4154
4155 - (void) doAddToQueue
4156 {
4157     [self addQueueFileItem ];
4158 }
4159
4160
4161
4162 /* Rip: puts up an alert before ultimately calling doRip
4163 */
4164 - (IBAction) Rip: (id) sender
4165 {
4166     [self writeToActivityLog: "Rip: Pending queue count is %d", fPendingCount];
4167     /* Rip or Cancel ? */
4168     hb_state_t s;
4169     hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
4170
4171     if(s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
4172         {
4173         [self Cancel: sender];
4174         return;
4175     }
4176
4177     /* We check to see if we need to warn the user that the computer will go to sleep
4178                  or shut down when encoding is finished */
4179                 [self remindUserOfSleepOrShutdown];
4180
4181     // If there are pending jobs in the queue, then this is a rip the queue
4182     if (fPendingCount > 0)
4183     {
4184         /* here lets start the queue with the first pending item */
4185         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
4186
4187         return;
4188     }
4189
4190     // Before adding jobs to the queue, check for a valid destination.
4191
4192     NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
4193     if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:destinationDirectory] == 0)
4194     {
4195         NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"This is not a valid destination directory!", @"OK", nil, nil);
4196         return;
4197     }
4198
4199     /* We check for duplicate name here */
4200     if( [[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:[fDstFile2Field stringValue]] )
4201     {
4202         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"File already exists", @"" ),
4203                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", "" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
4204                                   @selector( overWriteAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
4205                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
4206                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
4207                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
4208
4209         // overWriteAlertDone: will be called when the alert is dismissed. It will call doRip.
4210     }
4211     else
4212     {
4213         /* if there are no pending jobs in the queue, then add this one to the queue and rip
4214          otherwise, just rip the queue */
4215         if(fPendingCount == 0)
4216         {
4217             [self doAddToQueue];
4218         }
4219
4220         /* go right to processing the new queue encode */
4221         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
4222
4223     }
4224 }
4225
4226 /* overWriteAlertDone: called from the alert posted by Rip: that asks the user if they
4227    want to overwrite an exiting movie file.
4228 */
4229 - (void) overWriteAlertDone: (NSWindow *) sheet
4230     returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
4231 {
4232     if( returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
4233     {
4234         /* if there are no jobs in the queue, then add this one to the queue and rip
4235         otherwise, just rip the queue */
4236         if( fPendingCount == 0 )
4237         {
4238             [self doAddToQueue];
4239         }
4240
4241         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
4242         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
4243         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
4244
4245     }
4246 }
4247
4248 - (void) remindUserOfSleepOrShutdown
4249 {
4250        if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Put Computer To Sleep"])
4251        {
4252                /*Warn that computer will sleep after encoding*/
4253                int reminduser;
4254                NSBeep();
4255                reminduser = NSRunAlertPanel(@"The computer will sleep after encoding is done.",@"You have selected to sleep the computer after encoding. To turn off sleeping, go to the HandBrake preferences.", @"OK", @"Preferences...", nil);
4256                [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
4257                if ( reminduser == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
4258                {
4259                        [self showPreferencesWindow:nil];
4260                }
4261        }
4262        else if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Shut Down Computer"])
4263        {
4264                /*Warn that computer will shut down after encoding*/
4265                int reminduser;
4266                NSBeep();
4267                reminduser = NSRunAlertPanel(@"The computer will shut down after encoding is done.",@"You have selected to shut down the computer after encoding. To turn off shut down, go to the HandBrake preferences.", @"OK", @"Preferences...", nil);
4268                [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
4269                if ( reminduser == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
4270                {
4271                        [self showPreferencesWindow:nil];
4272                }
4273        }
4274
4275 }
4276
4277
4278 - (void) doRip
4279 {
4280     /* Let libhb do the job */
4281     hb_start( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4282     /*set the fEncodeState State */
4283         fEncodeState = 1;
4284 }
4285
4286
4287 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4288 // Displays an alert asking user if the want to cancel encoding of current job.
4289 // Cancel: returns immediately after posting the alert. Later, when the user
4290 // acknowledges the alert, doCancelCurrentJob is called.
4291 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4292 - (IBAction)Cancel: (id)sender
4293 {
4294     if (!fQueueController) return;
4295
4296   hb_pause( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4297     NSString * alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:NSLocalizedString(@"You are currently encoding. What would you like to do ?", nil)];
4298
4299     // Which window to attach the sheet to?
4300     NSWindow * docWindow;
4301     if ([sender respondsToSelector: @selector(window)])
4302         docWindow = [sender window];
4303     else
4304         docWindow = fWindow;
4305
4306     NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
4307             alertTitle,
4308             NSLocalizedString(@"Continue Encoding", nil),
4309             NSLocalizedString(@"Cancel Current and Stop", nil),
4310             NSLocalizedString(@"Cancel Current and Continue", nil),
4311             docWindow, self,
4312             nil, @selector(didDimissCancel:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
4313             NSLocalizedString(@"Your encode will be cancelled if you don't continue encoding.", nil));
4314
4315     // didDimissCancelCurrentJob:returnCode:contextInfo: will be called when the dialog is dismissed
4316 }
4317
4318 - (void) didDimissCancel: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
4319 {
4320    hb_resume( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4321      if (returnCode == NSAlertOtherReturn)
4322     {
4323         [self doCancelCurrentJob];  // <- this also stops libhb
4324     }
4325     if (returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
4326     {
4327     [self doCancelCurrentJobAndStop];
4328     }
4329 }
4330
4331 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4332 // Cancels and deletes the current job and stops libhb from processing the remaining
4333 // encodes.
4334 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4335 - (void) doCancelCurrentJob
4336 {
4337     // Stop the current job. hb_stop will only cancel the current pass and then set
4338     // its state to HB_STATE_WORKDONE. It also does this asynchronously. So when we
4339     // see the state has changed to HB_STATE_WORKDONE (in updateUI), we'll delete the
4340     // remaining passes of the job and then start the queue back up if there are any
4341     // remaining jobs.
4342
4343
4344     hb_stop( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4345
4346     // Delete all remaining jobs since libhb doesn't do this on its own.
4347             hb_job_t * job;
4348             while( ( job = hb_job(fQueueEncodeLibhb, 0) ) )
4349                 hb_rem( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
4350
4351     fEncodeState = 2;   // don't alert at end of processing since this was a cancel
4352
4353     // now that we've stopped the currently encoding job, lets mark it as cancelled
4354     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:3] forKey:@"Status"];
4355     // and as always, save it in the queue .plist...
4356     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
4357     [self saveQueueFileItem];
4358     // so now lets move to
4359     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
4360     // ... and see if there are more items left in our queue
4361     int queueItems = [QueueFileArray count];
4362     /* If we still have more items in our queue, lets go to the next one */
4363     if (currentQueueEncodeIndex < queueItems)
4364     {
4365     [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
4366     [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob moving to the next job"];
4367
4368     [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
4369     }
4370     else
4371     {
4372         [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob the item queue is complete"];
4373     }
4374
4375 }
4376
4377 - (void) doCancelCurrentJobAndStop
4378 {
4379     hb_stop( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4380
4381     // Delete all remaining jobs since libhb doesn't do this on its own.
4382             hb_job_t * job;
4383             while( ( job = hb_job(fQueueEncodeLibhb, 0) ) )
4384                 hb_rem( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
4385
4386
4387     fEncodeState = 2;   // don't alert at end of processing since this was a cancel
4388
4389     // now that we've stopped the currently encoding job, lets mark it as cancelled
4390     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:3] forKey:@"Status"];
4391     // and as always, save it in the queue .plist...
4392     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
4393     [self saveQueueFileItem];
4394     // so now lets move to
4395     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
4396     [self writeToActivityLog: "cancelling current job and stopping the queue"];
4397 }
4398 - (IBAction) Pause: (id) sender
4399 {
4400     hb_state_t s;
4401     hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
4402
4403     if( s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED )
4404     {
4405         hb_resume( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4406     }
4407     else
4408     {
4409         hb_pause( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4410     }
4411 }
4412
4413 #pragma mark -
4414 #pragma mark GUI Controls Changed Methods
4415
4416 - (IBAction) titlePopUpChanged: (id) sender
4417 {
4418     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4419     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
4420         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4421
4422     /* If we are a stream type and a batch scan, grok the output file name from title->name upon title change */
4423     if (title->type == HB_STREAM_TYPE && hb_list_count( list ) > 1 )
4424     {
4425         /* we set the default name according to the new title->name */
4426         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4427                                          @"%@/%@.%@", [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent],
4428                                          [NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->name],
4429                                          [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]]];
4430
4431         /* Change the source to read out the parent folder also */
4432         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@/%@", browsedSourceDisplayName,[NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->name]]];
4433     }
4434
4435     /* For point a to point b pts encoding, set the start and end fields to 0 and the title duration in seconds respectively */
4436     int duration = (title->hours * 3600) + (title->minutes * 60) + (title->seconds);
4437     [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", 0]];
4438     [fSrcTimeEndEncodingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", duration]];
4439     /* For point a to point b frame encoding, set the start and end fields to 0 and the title duration * announced fps in seconds respectively */
4440     [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", 1]];
4441     //[fSrcFrameEndEncodingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", ((title->hours * 3600) + (title->minutes * 60) + (title->seconds)) * 24]];
4442     [fSrcFrameEndEncodingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", duration * (title->rate / title->rate_base)]];
4443
4444     /* If Auto Naming is on. We create an output filename of dvd name - title number */
4445     if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultAutoNaming"] > 0 && ( hb_list_count( list ) > 1 ) )
4446         {
4447                 [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4448                         @"%@/%@-%d.%@", [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent],
4449                         [browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension],
4450             title->index,
4451                         [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]]];
4452         }
4453     /* Update encode start / stop variables */
4454
4455
4456
4457     /* Update chapter popups */
4458     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp removeAllItems];
4459     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   removeAllItems];
4460     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_chapter ); i++ )
4461     {
4462         [fSrcChapterStartPopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
4463             stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
4464         [fSrcChapterEndPopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
4465             stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
4466     }
4467
4468     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4469     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   selectItemAtIndex:
4470         hb_list_count( title->list_chapter ) - 1];
4471     [self chapterPopUpChanged:nil];
4472
4473     /* if using dvd nav, show the angle widget */
4474     if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"UseDvdNav"] boolValue])
4475     {
4476         [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:NO];
4477         [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:NO];
4478
4479         [fSrcAnglePopUp removeAllItems];
4480         for( int i = 0; i < title->angle_count; i++ )
4481         {
4482             [fSrcAnglePopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
4483         }
4484         [fSrcAnglePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4485     }
4486     else
4487     {
4488         [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:YES];
4489         [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:YES];
4490     }
4491
4492     /* Start Get and set the initial pic size for display */
4493         hb_job_t * job = title->job;
4494         fTitle = title;
4495
4496     /* Set Auto Crop to on upon selecting a new title  */
4497     [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
4498
4499         /* We get the originial output picture width and height and put them
4500         in variables for use with some presets later on */
4501         PicOrigOutputWidth = job->width;
4502         PicOrigOutputHeight = job->height;
4503         AutoCropTop = job->crop[0];
4504         AutoCropBottom = job->crop[1];
4505         AutoCropLeft = job->crop[2];
4506         AutoCropRight = job->crop[3];
4507
4508         /* Reset the new title in fPictureController &&  fPreviewController*/
4509     [fPictureController SetTitle:title];
4510
4511
4512     /* Update Subtitle Table */
4513     [fSubtitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:title];
4514     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
4515
4516
4517     /* Update chapter table */
4518     [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:title];
4519     [fChapterTable reloadData];
4520
4521    /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
4522     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
4523     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
4524     {
4525         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
4526         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
4527     }
4528
4529     /* Update audio popups */
4530     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang1PopUp];
4531     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang2PopUp];
4532     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang3PopUp];
4533     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang4PopUp];
4534     /* search for the first instance of our prefs default language for track 1, and set track 2 to "none" */
4535         NSString * audioSearchPrefix = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"DefaultLanguage"];
4536         [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp: fAudLang1PopUp searchPrefixString: audioSearchPrefix selectIndexIfNotFound: 1];
4537     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang2PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
4538     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang3PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
4539     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang4PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
4540
4541         /* changing the title may have changed the audio channels on offer, */
4542         /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
4543         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
4544         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
4545     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
4546     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
4547
4548     [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4549
4550     /* we run the picture size values through calculatePictureSizing to get all picture setting information*/
4551         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
4552
4553    /* lets call tableViewSelected to make sure that any preset we have selected is enforced after a title change */
4554     [self selectPreset:nil];
4555 }
4556
4557 - (IBAction) encodeStartStopPopUpChanged: (id) sender;
4558 {
4559     if( [fEncodeStartStopPopUp isEnabled] )
4560     {
4561         /* We are chapters */
4562         if( [fEncodeStartStopPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 )
4563         {
4564             [fSrcChapterStartPopUp  setHidden: NO];
4565             [fSrcChapterEndPopUp  setHidden: NO];
4566
4567             [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4568             [fSrcTimeEndEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4569
4570             [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4571             [fSrcFrameEndEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4572
4573                [self chapterPopUpChanged:nil];
4574         }
4575         /* We are time based (seconds) */
4576         else if ([fEncodeStartStopPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 1)
4577         {
4578             [fSrcChapterStartPopUp  setHidden: YES];
4579             [fSrcChapterEndPopUp  setHidden: YES];
4580
4581             [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField  setHidden: NO];
4582             [fSrcTimeEndEncodingField  setHidden: NO];
4583
4584             [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4585             [fSrcFrameEndEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4586
4587             [self startEndSecValueChanged:nil];
4588         }
4589         /* We are frame based */
4590         else if ([fEncodeStartStopPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 2)
4591         {
4592             [fSrcChapterStartPopUp  setHidden: YES];
4593             [fSrcChapterEndPopUp  setHidden: YES];
4594
4595             [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4596             [fSrcTimeEndEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4597
4598             [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField  setHidden: NO];
4599             [fSrcFrameEndEncodingField  setHidden: NO];
4600
4601             [self startEndFrameValueChanged:nil];
4602         }
4603     }
4604 }
4605
4606 - (IBAction) chapterPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4607 {
4608
4609         /* If start chapter popup is greater than end chapter popup,
4610         we set the end chapter popup to the same as start chapter popup */
4611         if ([fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem])
4612         {
4613                 [fSrcChapterEndPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]];
4614     }
4615
4616
4617         hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4618     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *)
4619         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4620
4621     hb_chapter_t * chapter;
4622     int64_t        duration = 0;
4623     for( int i = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
4624          i <= [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]; i++ )
4625     {
4626         chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_chapter, i );
4627         duration += chapter->duration;
4628     }
4629
4630     duration /= 90000; /* pts -> seconds */
4631     [fSrcDuration2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4632         @"%02lld:%02lld:%02lld", duration / 3600, ( duration / 60 ) % 60,
4633         duration % 60]];
4634
4635     [self calculateBitrate: sender];
4636
4637     if ( [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] ==  [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] )
4638     {
4639     /* Disable chapter markers for any source with less than two chapters as it makes no sense. */
4640     [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: NO];
4641     [fCreateChapterMarkers setState: NSOffState];
4642     }
4643     else
4644     {
4645     [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
4646     }
4647 }
4648
4649 - (IBAction) startEndSecValueChanged: (id) sender
4650 {
4651
4652         int duration = [fSrcTimeEndEncodingField intValue] - [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField intValue];
4653     [fSrcDuration2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4654         @"%02d:%02d:%02d", duration / 3600, ( duration / 60 ) % 60,
4655         duration % 60]];
4656
4657     //[self calculateBitrate: sender];
4658
4659 }
4660
4661 - (IBAction) startEndFrameValueChanged: (id) sender
4662 {
4663     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4664     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
4665     hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4666
4667     int duration = ([fSrcFrameEndEncodingField intValue] - [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField intValue]) / (title->rate / title->rate_base);
4668     [fSrcDuration2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4669                                          @"%02d:%02d:%02d", duration / 3600, ( duration / 60 ) % 60,
4670                                          duration % 60]];
4671
4672     //[self calculateBitrate: sender];
4673 }
4674
4675
4676 - (IBAction) formatPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4677 {
4678     NSString * string = [fDstFile2Field stringValue];
4679     int format = [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
4680     char * ext = NULL;
4681         /* Initially set the large file (64 bit formatting) output checkbox to hidden */
4682     [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setHidden: YES];
4683     [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setHidden: YES];
4684     [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setHidden: YES];
4685
4686     /* Update the Video Codec PopUp */
4687     /* lets get the tag of the currently selected item first so we might reset it later */
4688     int selectedVidEncoderTag;
4689     selectedVidEncoderTag = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4690
4691     /* Note: we now store the video encoder int values from common.c in the tags of each popup for easy retrieval later */
4692     [fVidEncoderPopUp removeAllItems];
4693     NSMenuItem *menuItem;
4694     /* These video encoders are available to all of our current muxers, so lets list them once here */
4695     menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MPEG-4 (FFmpeg)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4696     [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG];
4697
4698     switch( format )
4699     {
4700         case 0:
4701                         /*Get Default MP4 File Extension*/
4702                         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultMpegName"] > 0)
4703                         {
4704                                 ext = "m4v";
4705                         }
4706                         else
4707                         {
4708                                 ext = "mp4";
4709                         }
4710             /* Add additional video encoders here */
4711             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"H.264 (x264)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4712             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_X264];
4713             /* We show the mp4 option checkboxes here since we are mp4 */
4714             [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
4715                         [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setHidden: NO];
4716                         [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setHidden: NO];
4717             [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setHidden: NO];
4718             break;
4719
4720             case 1:
4721             ext = "mkv";
4722             /* Add additional video encoders here */
4723             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"H.264 (x264)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4724             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_X264];
4725             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"VP3 (Theora)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4726             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_THEORA];
4727             /* We enable the create chapters checkbox here */
4728                         [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
4729                         break;
4730
4731
4732     }
4733     /* tell fSubtitlesDelegate we have a new video container */
4734
4735     [fSubtitlesDelegate containerChanged:[[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag]];
4736     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
4737     /* if we have a previously selected vid encoder tag, then try to select it */
4738     if (selectedVidEncoderTag)
4739     {
4740         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTag: selectedVidEncoderTag];
4741     }
4742     else
4743     {
4744         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4745     }
4746
4747     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
4748     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
4749     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
4750     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
4751
4752     if( format == 0 )
4753         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
4754     else
4755         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.%s", [string stringByDeletingPathExtension], ext]];
4756
4757     if( SuccessfulScan )
4758     {
4759         /* Add/replace to the correct extension */
4760         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
4761         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
4762         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
4763         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
4764
4765         if( [fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] == nil )
4766         {
4767
4768             [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
4769             [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
4770
4771             /* changing the format may mean that we can / can't offer mono or 6ch, */
4772             /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
4773
4774             /* We call the method to properly enable/disable turbo 2 pass */
4775             [self twoPassCheckboxChanged: sender];
4776             /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4777         }
4778     }
4779         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4780 }
4781
4782 - (IBAction) autoSetM4vExtension: (id) sender
4783 {
4784     if ( [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] )
4785         return;
4786
4787     NSString * extension = @"mp4";
4788
4789     if( [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4790                                                         [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4791                                                         [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4792                                                         [fCreateChapterMarkers state] == NSOnState ||
4793                                                         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultMpegName"] > 0 )
4794     {
4795         extension = @"m4v";
4796     }
4797
4798     if( [extension isEqualTo: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]] )
4799         return;
4800     else
4801         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.%@",
4802                                     [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingPathExtension], extension]];
4803 }
4804
4805 /* Method to determine if we should change the UI
4806 To reflect whether or not a Preset is being used or if
4807 the user is using "Custom" settings by determining the sender*/
4808 - (IBAction) customSettingUsed: (id) sender
4809 {
4810         if ([sender stringValue])
4811         {
4812                 /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
4813                 [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
4814                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
4815                 [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: @"Custom"];
4816
4817                 curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
4818         }
4819 [self calculateBitrate:nil];
4820 }
4821
4822
4823 #pragma mark -
4824 #pragma mark - Video
4825
4826 - (IBAction) videoEncoderPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4827 {
4828     hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
4829     int videoEncoder = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4830
4831     [fAdvancedOptions setHidden:YES];
4832     /* If we are using x264 then show the x264 advanced panel*/
4833     if (videoEncoder == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4834     {
4835         [fAdvancedOptions setHidden:NO];
4836         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
4837     }
4838
4839     if (videoEncoder == HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG)
4840     {
4841         /* We set the iPod atom checkbox to disabled and uncheck it as its only for x264 in the mp4
4842          container. Format is taken care of in formatPopUpChanged method by hiding and unchecking
4843          anything other than MP4.
4844          */
4845         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setEnabled: NO];
4846         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState: NSOffState];
4847     }
4848     else
4849     {
4850         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setEnabled: YES];
4851     }
4852     [self setupQualitySlider];
4853         [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4854         [self twoPassCheckboxChanged: sender];
4855 }
4856
4857
4858 - (IBAction) twoPassCheckboxChanged: (id) sender
4859 {
4860         /* check to see if x264 is chosen */
4861         if([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4862     {
4863                 if( [fVidTwoPassCheck state] == NSOnState)
4864                 {
4865                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: NO];
4866                 }
4867                 else
4868                 {
4869                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4870                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4871                 }
4872                 /* Make sure Two Pass is checked if Turbo is checked */
4873                 if( [fVidTurboPassCheck state] == NSOnState)
4874                 {
4875                         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState: NSOnState];
4876                 }
4877         }
4878         else
4879         {
4880                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4881                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4882         }
4883
4884         /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4885         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4886 }
4887
4888 - (IBAction ) videoFrameRateChanged: (id) sender
4889 {
4890     /* We call method method to calculatePictureSizing to error check detelecine*/
4891     [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4892
4893     /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4894         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4895 }
4896 - (IBAction) videoMatrixChanged: (id) sender;
4897 {
4898     bool target, bitrate, quality;
4899
4900     target = bitrate = quality = false;
4901     if( [fVidQualityMatrix isEnabled] )
4902     {
4903         switch( [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] )
4904         {
4905             case 0:
4906                 target = true;
4907                 break;
4908             case 1:
4909                 bitrate = true;
4910                 break;
4911             case 2:
4912                 quality = true;
4913                 break;
4914         }
4915     }
4916     [fVidTargetSizeField  setEnabled: target];
4917     [fVidBitrateField     setEnabled: bitrate];
4918     [fVidQualitySlider    setEnabled: quality];
4919     [fVidQualityRFField   setEnabled: quality];
4920     [fVidQualityRFLabel    setEnabled: quality];
4921     [fVidTwoPassCheck     setEnabled: !quality &&
4922         [fVidQualityMatrix isEnabled]];
4923     if( quality )
4924     {
4925         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4926                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4927                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4928     }
4929
4930     [self qualitySliderChanged: sender];
4931     [self calculateBitrate: sender];
4932         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4933 }
4934
4935 /* Use this method to setup the quality slider for cq/rf values depending on
4936  * the video encoder selected.
4937  */
4938 - (void) setupQualitySlider
4939 {
4940     /* Get the current slider maxValue to check for a change in slider scale later
4941      * so that we can choose a new similar value on the new slider scale */
4942     float previousMaxValue = [fVidQualitySlider maxValue];
4943     float previousPercentOfSliderScale = [fVidQualitySlider floatValue] / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue] + 1);
4944     NSString * qpRFLabelString = @"QP:";
4945     /* x264 0-51 */
4946     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4947     {
4948         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:0.0];
4949         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:51.0];
4950         /* As x264 allows for qp/rf values that are fractional, we get the value from the preferences */
4951         int fractionalGranularity = 1 / [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] floatForKey:@"x264CqSliderFractional"];
4952         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:(([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * fractionalGranularity) + 1];
4953         qpRFLabelString = @"RF:";
4954     }
4955     /* ffmpeg  1-31 */
4956     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG )
4957     {
4958         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:1.0];
4959         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:31.0];
4960         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:31];
4961     }
4962     /* Theora 0-63 */
4963     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
4964     {
4965         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:0.0];
4966         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:63.0];
4967         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:64];
4968     }
4969     [fVidQualityRFLabel setStringValue:qpRFLabelString];
4970
4971     /* check to see if we have changed slider scales */
4972     if (previousMaxValue != [fVidQualitySlider maxValue])
4973     {
4974         /* if so, convert the old setting to the new scale as close as possible based on percentages */
4975         float rf =  ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue] + 1) * previousPercentOfSliderScale;
4976         [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
4977     }
4978
4979     [self qualitySliderChanged:nil];
4980 }
4981
4982 - (IBAction) qualitySliderChanged: (id) sender
4983 {
4984     /* Our constant quality slider is in a range based
4985      * on each encoders qp/rf values. The range depends
4986      * on the encoder. Also, the range is inverse of quality
4987      * for all of the encoders *except* for theora
4988      * (ie. as the "quality" goes up, the cq or rf value
4989      * actually goes down). Since the IB sliders always set
4990      * their max value at the right end of the slider, we
4991      * will calculate the inverse, so as the slider floatValue
4992      * goes up, we will show the inverse in the rf field
4993      * so, the floatValue at the right for x264 would be 51
4994      * and our rf field needs to show 0 and vice versa.
4995      */
4996
4997     float sliderRfInverse = ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider floatValue]) + [fVidQualitySlider minValue];
4998     /* If the encoder is theora, use the float, otherwise use the inverse float*/
4999     //float sliderRfToPercent;
5000     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
5001     {
5002         [fVidQualityRFField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", [fVidQualitySlider floatValue]]];
5003     }
5004     else
5005     {
5006         [fVidQualityRFField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", sliderRfInverse]];
5007     }
5008     [self customSettingUsed: sender];
5009 }
5010
5011 - (void) controlTextDidChange: (NSNotification *) notification
5012 {
5013     [self calculateBitrate:nil];
5014 }
5015
5016 - (IBAction) calculateBitrate: (id) sender
5017 {
5018     if( !fHandle || [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] != 0 || !SuccessfulScan )
5019     {
5020         return;
5021     }
5022
5023     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
5024     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
5025             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
5026     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
5027     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5028     /* For  hb_calc_bitrate in addition to the Target Size in MB out of the
5029      * Target Size Field, we also need the job info for the Muxer, the Chapters
5030      * as well as all of the audio track info.
5031      * This used to be accomplished by simply calling prepareJob here, however
5032      * since the resilient queue sets the queue array values instead of the job
5033      * values directly, we duplicate the old prepareJob code here for the variables
5034      * needed
5035      */
5036     job->chapter_start = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
5037     job->chapter_end = [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
5038     job->mux = [[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5039
5040     /* Audio goes here */
5041     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
5042     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
5043     {
5044         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
5045         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
5046     }
5047     /* Now we need our audio info here for each track if applicable */
5048     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
5049     {
5050         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
5051         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
5052         audio->in.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5053         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
5054         audio->out.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5055         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5056         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5057         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5058         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5059         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack1DrcField floatValue];
5060
5061         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
5062         free(audio);
5063     }
5064     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
5065     {
5066         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
5067         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
5068         audio->in.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5069         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
5070         audio->out.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5071         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5072         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5073         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5074         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5075         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack2DrcField floatValue];
5076
5077         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
5078         free(audio);
5079
5080     }
5081
5082     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
5083     {
5084         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
5085         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
5086         audio->in.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5087         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
5088         audio->out.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5089         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5090         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5091         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5092         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5093         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack3DrcField floatValue];
5094
5095         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
5096         free(audio);
5097
5098     }
5099
5100     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
5101     {
5102         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
5103         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
5104         audio->in.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5105         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
5106         audio->out.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5107         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5108         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5109         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5110         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5111         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack4DrcField floatValue];
5112
5113         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
5114         free(audio);
5115
5116     }
5117
5118 [fVidBitrateField setIntValue: hb_calc_bitrate( job, [fVidTargetSizeField intValue] )];
5119 }
5120
5121 #pragma mark -
5122 #pragma mark - Picture
5123
5124 /* lets set the picture size back to the max from right after title scan
5125    Lets use an IBAction here as down the road we could always use a checkbox
5126    in the gui to easily take the user back to max. Remember, the compiler
5127    resolves IBActions down to -(void) during compile anyway */
5128 - (IBAction) revertPictureSizeToMax: (id) sender
5129 {
5130         hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
5131         /* Here we apply the title source and height */
5132     job->width = fTitle->width;
5133     job->height = fTitle->height;
5134
5135     [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
5136     /* We call method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
5137     [self customSettingUsed: sender];
5138 }
5139
5140 /**
5141  * Registers changes made in the Picture Settings Window.
5142  */
5143
5144 - (void)pictureSettingsDidChange
5145 {
5146         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
5147 }
5148
5149 /* Get and Display Current Pic Settings in main window */
5150 - (IBAction) calculatePictureSizing: (id) sender
5151 {
5152         if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode > 0)
5153         {
5154         fTitle->job->keep_ratio = 0;
5155         }
5156
5157     if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode != 1) // we are not strict so show the modulus
5158         {
5159         [fPictureSizeField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Size: %@, Modulus: %d", [fPictureController getPictureSizeInfoString], fTitle->job->modulus]];
5160     }
5161     else
5162     {
5163         [fPictureSizeField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Size: %@", [fPictureController getPictureSizeInfoString]]];
5164     }
5165     NSString *picCropping;
5166     /* Set the display field for crop as per boolean */
5167         if (![fPictureController autoCrop])
5168         {
5169         picCropping =  @"Custom";
5170         }
5171         else
5172         {
5173                 picCropping =  @"Auto";
5174         }
5175     picCropping = [picCropping stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" %d/%d/%d/%d",fTitle->job->crop[0],fTitle->job->crop[1],fTitle->job->crop[2],fTitle->job->crop[3]]];
5176
5177     [fPictureCroppingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Cropping: %@",picCropping]];
5178
5179     NSString *videoFilters;
5180     videoFilters = @"";
5181     /* Detelecine */
5182     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 2)
5183     {
5184         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Detelecine (Default)"];
5185     }
5186     else if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
5187     {
5188         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Detelecine (%@)",[fPictureController detelecineCustomString]]];
5189     }
5190
5191
5192     if ([fPictureController useDecomb] == 1)
5193     {
5194         /* Decomb */
5195         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 2)
5196         {
5197             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Decomb (Default)"];
5198         }
5199         else if ([fPictureController decomb] == 1)
5200         {
5201             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Decomb (%@)",[fPictureController decombCustomString]]];
5202         }
5203     }
5204     else
5205     {
5206         /* Deinterlace */
5207         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] > 0)
5208         {
5209             fTitle->job->deinterlace  = 1;
5210         }
5211         else
5212         {
5213             fTitle->job->deinterlace  = 0;
5214         }
5215
5216         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 2)
5217         {
5218             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Fast)"];
5219         }
5220         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 3)
5221         {
5222             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Slow)"];
5223         }
5224         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 4)
5225         {
5226             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Slower)"];
5227         }
5228         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 1)
5229         {
5230             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Deinterlace (%@)",[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString]]];
5231         }
5232         }
5233
5234
5235     /* Denoise */
5236         if ([fPictureController denoise] == 2)
5237         {
5238                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Weak)"];
5239     }
5240         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 3)
5241         {
5242                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Medium)"];
5243     }
5244         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 4)
5245         {
5246                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Strong)"];
5247         }
5248     else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 1)
5249         {
5250                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Denoise (%@)",[fPictureController denoiseCustomString]]];
5251         }
5252
5253     /* Deblock */
5254     if ([fPictureController deblock] > 0)
5255     {
5256         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Deblock (%d)",[fPictureController deblock]]];
5257     }
5258
5259     /* Grayscale */
5260     if ([fPictureController grayscale])
5261     {
5262         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Grayscale"];
5263     }
5264     [fVideoFiltersField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Video Filters: %@", videoFilters]];
5265
5266     //[fPictureController reloadStillPreview];
5267 }
5268
5269
5270 #pragma mark -
5271 #pragma mark - Audio and Subtitles
5272 - (IBAction) audioCodecsPopUpChanged: (id) sender
5273 {
5274
5275     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
5276     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
5277     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
5278     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5279     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp)
5280     {
5281         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
5282         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5283         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
5284         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
5285     }
5286     else if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp)
5287     {
5288         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
5289         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5290         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
5291         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
5292     }
5293     else if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp)
5294     {
5295         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
5296         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5297         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
5298         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
5299     }
5300     else
5301     {
5302         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
5303         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5304         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
5305         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
5306     }
5307
5308     /* changing the codecs on offer may mean that we can / can't offer mono or 6ch, */
5309         /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
5310     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiotrackPopUp];
5311
5312 }
5313
5314 - (IBAction) setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls: (id) sender
5315 {
5316     /* We will be setting the enabled/disabled state of each tracks audio controls based on
5317      * the settings of the source audio for that track. We leave the samplerate and bitrate
5318      * to audiotrackMixdownChanged
5319      */
5320
5321     /* We will first verify that a lower track number has been selected before enabling each track
5322      * for example, make sure a track is selected for track 1 before enabling track 2, etc.
5323      */
5324
5325     /* If the source has no audio then disable audio track 1 */
5326     if (hb_list_count( fTitle->list_audio ) == 0)
5327     {
5328         [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
5329     }
5330
5331     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5332     {
5333         [fAudLang2PopUp setEnabled: NO];
5334         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5335     }
5336     else
5337     {
5338         [fAudLang2PopUp setEnabled: YES];
5339     }
5340
5341     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5342     {
5343         [fAudLang3PopUp setEnabled: NO];
5344         [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5345     }
5346     else
5347     {
5348         [fAudLang3PopUp setEnabled: YES];
5349     }
5350     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5351     {
5352         [fAudLang4PopUp setEnabled: NO];
5353         [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5354     }
5355     else
5356     {
5357         [fAudLang4PopUp setEnabled: YES];
5358     }
5359     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 1 */
5360     [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5361     [fAudTrack1MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5362     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5363     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5364     [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5365     [fAudTrack1DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5366     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5367     {
5368         [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5369         [fAudTrack1MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5370         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5371         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5372         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5373         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
5374     }
5375     else if ([[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5376     {
5377         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5378         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5379         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5380         [fAudTrack1DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5381     }
5382
5383     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 2 */
5384     [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5385     [fAudTrack2MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5386     [fAudTrack2RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5387     [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5388     [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5389     [fAudTrack2DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5390     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5391     {
5392         [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5393         [fAudTrack2MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5394         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5395         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5396         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5397         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
5398     }
5399     else if ([[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5400     {
5401         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5402         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5403         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5404         [fAudTrack2DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5405     }
5406
5407     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 3 */
5408     [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5409     [fAudTrack3MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5410     [fAudTrack3RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5411     [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5412     [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5413     [fAudTrack3DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5414     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5415     {
5416         [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5417         [fAudTrack3MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5418         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5419         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5420         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5421         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
5422     }
5423     else if ([[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5424     {
5425         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5426         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5427         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5428         [fAudTrack3DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5429     }
5430
5431     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 4 */
5432     [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5433     [fAudTrack4MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5434     [fAudTrack4RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5435     [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5436     [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5437     [fAudTrack4DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5438     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5439     {
5440         [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5441         [fAudTrack4MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5442         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5443         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5444         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5445         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
5446     }
5447     else if ([[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5448     {
5449         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5450         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5451         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5452         [fAudTrack4DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5453     }
5454
5455 }
5456
5457 - (IBAction) addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: (id) sender
5458 {
5459
5460     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
5461     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
5462         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
5463
5464         hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5465
5466     [sender removeAllItems];
5467     [sender addItemWithTitle: NSLocalizedString( @"None", @"" )];
5468     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_audio ); i++ )
5469     {
5470         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( title->list_audio, i );
5471         [[sender menu] addItemWithTitle:
5472             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: audio->lang.description]
5473             action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5474     }
5475     [sender selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5476
5477 }
5478
5479 - (IBAction) selectAudioTrackInPopUp: (id) sender searchPrefixString: (NSString *) searchPrefixString selectIndexIfNotFound: (int) selectIndexIfNotFound
5480 {
5481
5482     /* this method can be used to find a language, or a language-and-source-format combination, by passing in the appropriate string */
5483     /* e.g. to find the first French track, pass in an NSString * of "Francais" */
5484     /* e.g. to find the first English 5.1 AC3 track, pass in an NSString * of "English (AC3) (5.1 ch)" */
5485     /* if no matching track is found, then selectIndexIfNotFound is used to choose which track to select instead */
5486     if (hb_list_count( fTitle->list_audio ) != 0)
5487     {
5488         if (searchPrefixString)
5489         {
5490
5491             for( int i = 0; i < [sender numberOfItems]; i++ )
5492             {
5493                 /* Try to find the desired search string */
5494                 if ([[[sender itemAtIndex: i] title] hasPrefix:searchPrefixString])
5495                 {
5496                     [sender selectItemAtIndex: i];
5497                     return;
5498                 }
5499             }
5500             /* couldn't find the string, so select the requested "search string not found" item */
5501             /* index of 0 means select the "none" item */
5502             /* index of 1 means select the first audio track */
5503             [sender selectItemAtIndex: selectIndexIfNotFound];
5504         }
5505         else
5506         {
5507             /* if no search string is provided, then select the selectIndexIfNotFound item */
5508             [sender selectItemAtIndex: selectIndexIfNotFound];
5509         }
5510     }
5511     else
5512     {
5513         [sender selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5514     }
5515
5516 }
5517 - (IBAction) audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: (id)sender
5518 {
5519     int format = [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
5520
5521     /* setup pointers to the appropriate popups for the correct track */
5522     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5523     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
5524     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp)
5525     {
5526         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
5527         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5528     }
5529     else if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp)
5530     {
5531         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
5532         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5533     }
5534     else if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp)
5535     {
5536         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
5537         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5538     }
5539     else
5540     {
5541         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
5542         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5543     }
5544
5545     [audiocodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5546     /* Make sure "None" isnt selected in the source track */
5547     if ([audiotrackPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
5548     {
5549         [audiocodecPopUp setEnabled:YES];
5550         NSMenuItem *menuItem;
5551         /* We setup our appropriate popups for codecs and put the int value in the popup tag for easy retrieval */
5552         switch( format )
5553         {
5554             case 0:
5555                 /* MP4 */
5556                 // CA_AAC
5557                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5558                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC];
5559                 // FAAC
5560                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (faac)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5561                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5562                 // MP3
5563                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5564                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5565                 // AC3 Passthru
5566                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5567                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5568                 break;
5569
5570             case 1:
5571                 /* MKV */
5572                 // CA_AAC
5573                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5574                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC];
5575                 // FAAC
5576                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (faac)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5577                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5578                 // AC3 Passthru
5579                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5580                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5581                 // DTS Passthru
5582                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"DTS Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5583                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_DCA];
5584                 // MP3
5585                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5586                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5587                 // Vorbis
5588                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"Vorbis (vorbis)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5589                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_VORBIS];
5590                 break;
5591         }
5592         [audiocodecPopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
5593     }
5594     else
5595     {
5596         [audiocodecPopUp setEnabled:NO];
5597     }
5598 }
5599
5600 - (IBAction) audioTrackPopUpChanged: (id) sender
5601 {
5602     /* utility function to call audioTrackPopUpChanged without passing in a mixdown-to-use */
5603     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: sender mixdownToUse: 0];
5604 }
5605
5606 - (IBAction) audioTrackPopUpChanged: (id) sender mixdownToUse: (int) mixdownToUse
5607 {
5608
5609     /* make sure we have a selected title before continuing */
5610     if (fTitle == NULL) return;
5611     /* make sure we have a source audio track before continuing */
5612     if (hb_list_count( fTitle->list_audio ) == 0)
5613     {
5614         [sender selectItemAtIndex:0];
5615         return;
5616     }
5617     /* if the sender is the lanaguage popup and there is nothing in the codec popup, lets call
5618     * audioAddAudioTrackCodecs on the codec popup to populate it properly before moving on
5619     */
5620     if (sender == fAudLang1PopUp && [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5621     {
5622         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
5623     }
5624     if (sender == fAudLang2PopUp && [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5625     {
5626         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
5627     }
5628     if (sender == fAudLang3PopUp && [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5629     {
5630         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
5631     }
5632     if (sender == fAudLang4PopUp && [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5633     {
5634         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
5635     }
5636
5637     /* Now lets make the sender the appropriate Audio Track popup from this point on */
5638     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack1MixPopUp)
5639     {
5640         sender = fAudLang1PopUp;
5641     }
5642     if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack2MixPopUp)
5643     {
5644         sender = fAudLang2PopUp;
5645     }
5646     if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack3MixPopUp)
5647     {
5648         sender = fAudLang3PopUp;
5649     }
5650     if (sender == fAudTrack4CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack4MixPopUp)
5651     {
5652         sender = fAudLang4PopUp;
5653     }
5654
5655     /* pointer to this track's mixdown, codec, sample rate and bitrate NSPopUpButton's */
5656     NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp;
5657     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5658     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
5659     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
5660     if (sender == fAudLang1PopUp)
5661     {
5662         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
5663         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5664         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
5665         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
5666     }
5667     else if (sender == fAudLang2PopUp)
5668     {
5669         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
5670         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5671         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
5672         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
5673     }
5674     else if (sender == fAudLang3PopUp)
5675     {
5676         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
5677         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5678         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
5679         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
5680     }
5681     else
5682     {
5683         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
5684         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5685         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
5686         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
5687     }
5688
5689     /* get the index of the selected audio Track*/
5690     int thisAudioIndex = [sender indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5691
5692     /* pointer for the hb_audio_s struct we will use later on */
5693     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5694
5695     int acodec;
5696     /* check if the audio mixdown controls need their enabled state changing */
5697     [self setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls:nil];
5698
5699     if (thisAudioIndex != -1)
5700     {
5701
5702         /* get the audio */
5703         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, thisAudioIndex );// Should "fTitle" be title and be setup ?
5704
5705         /* actually manipulate the proper mixdowns here */
5706         /* delete the previous audio mixdown options */
5707         [mixdownPopUp removeAllItems];
5708
5709         acodec = [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5710
5711         if (audio != NULL)
5712         {
5713
5714             /* find out if our selected output audio codec supports mono and / or 6ch */
5715             /* audioCodecsSupportMono and audioCodecsSupport6Ch are the same for now,
5716              but this may change in the future, so they are separated for flexibility */
5717             int audioCodecsSupportMono = (audio->in.codec && acodec != HB_ACODEC_LAME);
5718             int audioCodecsSupport6Ch = (audio->in.codec && acodec != HB_ACODEC_LAME);
5719
5720             /* check for AC-3 passthru */
5721             if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_AC3 && acodec == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5722             {
5723
5724             NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5725                  [NSString stringWithUTF8String: "AC3 Passthru"]
5726                                                action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5727              [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5728             }
5729             else if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_DCA && acodec == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5730             {
5731             NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5732                  [NSString stringWithUTF8String: "DTS Passthru"]
5733                                                action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5734              [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_DCA];
5735             }
5736             else
5737             {
5738
5739                 /* add the appropriate audio mixdown menuitems to the popupbutton */
5740                 /* in each case, we set the new menuitem's tag to be the amixdown value for that mixdown,
5741                  so that we can reference the mixdown later */
5742
5743                 /* keep a track of the min and max mixdowns we used, so we can select the best match later */
5744                 int minMixdownUsed = 0;
5745                 int maxMixdownUsed = 0;
5746
5747                 /* get the input channel layout without any lfe channels */
5748                 int layout = audio->in.channel_layout & HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_DISCRETE_NO_LFE_MASK;
5749
5750                 /* do we want to add a mono option? */
5751                 if (audioCodecsSupportMono == 1)
5752                 {
5753                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5754                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[0].human_readable_name]
5755                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5756                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown];
5757                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown;
5758                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown);
5759                 }
5760
5761                 /* do we want to add a stereo option? */
5762                 /* offer stereo if we have a mono source and non-mono-supporting codecs, as otherwise we won't have a mixdown at all */
5763                 /* also offer stereo if we have a stereo-or-better source */
5764                 if ((layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_MONO && audioCodecsSupportMono == 0) || layout >= HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO)
5765                 {
5766                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5767                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[1].human_readable_name]
5768                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5769                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown];
5770                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown;
5771                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown);
5772                 }
5773
5774                 /* do we want to add a dolby surround (DPL1) option? */
5775                 if (layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F1R || layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R || layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_DOLBY)
5776                 {
5777                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5778                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[2].human_readable_name]
5779                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5780                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown];
5781                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown;
5782                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown);
5783                 }
5784
5785                 /* do we want to add a dolby pro logic 2 (DPL2) option? */
5786                 if (layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R)
5787                 {
5788                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5789                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[3].human_readable_name]
5790                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5791                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown];
5792                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown;
5793                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown);
5794                 }
5795
5796                 /* do we want to add a 6-channel discrete option? */
5797                 if (audioCodecsSupport6Ch == 1 && layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R && (audio->in.channel_layout & HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_HAS_LFE))
5798                 {
5799                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5800                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[4].human_readable_name]
5801                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5802                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown];
5803                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown;
5804                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown);
5805                 }
5806
5807                 /* do we want to add an AC-3 passthrough option? */
5808                 if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_AC3 && acodec == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5809                 {
5810                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5811                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[5].human_readable_name]
5812                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5813                     [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5814                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown;
5815                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown);
5816                 }
5817
5818                 /* do we want to add a DTS Passthru option ? HB_ACODEC_DCA*/
5819                 if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_DCA && acodec == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5820                 {
5821                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5822                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[5].human_readable_name]
5823                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5824                     [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_DCA];
5825                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown;
5826                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown);
5827                 }
5828
5829                 /* auto-select the best mixdown based on our saved mixdown preference */
5830
5831                 /* for now, this is hard-coded to a "best" mixdown of HB_AMIXDOWN_DOLBYPLII */
5832                 /* ultimately this should be a prefs option */
5833                 int useMixdown;
5834
5835                 /* if we passed in a mixdown to use - in order to load a preset - then try and use it */
5836                 if (mixdownToUse > 0)
5837                 {
5838                     useMixdown = mixdownToUse;
5839                 }
5840                 else
5841                 {
5842                     useMixdown = HB_AMIXDOWN_DOLBYPLII;
5843                 }
5844
5845                 /* if useMixdown > maxMixdownUsed, then use maxMixdownUsed */
5846                 if (useMixdown > maxMixdownUsed)
5847                 {
5848                     useMixdown = maxMixdownUsed;
5849                 }
5850
5851                 /* if useMixdown < minMixdownUsed, then use minMixdownUsed */
5852                 if (useMixdown < minMixdownUsed)
5853                 {
5854                     useMixdown = minMixdownUsed;
5855                 }
5856
5857                 /* select the (possibly-amended) preferred mixdown */
5858                 [mixdownPopUp selectItemWithTag: useMixdown];
5859
5860             }
5861             /* In the case of a source track that is not AC3 and the user tries to use AC3 Passthru (which does not work)
5862              * we force the Audio Codec choice back to a workable codec. We use CoreAudio aac for all containers.
5863              */
5864             if (audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_AC3 && [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5865             {
5866                 [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC];
5867             }
5868
5869             /* In the case of a source track that is not DTS and the user tries to use DTS Passthru (which does not work)
5870              * we force the Audio Codec choice back to a workable codec. We use CoreAudio aac for all containers.
5871              */
5872             if (audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_DCA && [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5873             {
5874                 [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC];
5875             }
5876
5877             /* Setup our samplerate and bitrate popups we will need based on mixdown */
5878             [self audioTrackMixdownChanged: mixdownPopUp];
5879         }
5880
5881     }
5882     if( [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 )
5883     {
5884         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
5885     }
5886 }
5887
5888 - (IBAction) audioTrackMixdownChanged: (id) sender
5889 {
5890
5891     int acodec;
5892     /* setup pointers to all of the other audio track controls
5893     * we will need later
5894     */
5895     NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp;
5896     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
5897     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
5898     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5899     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
5900     NSSlider * drcSlider;
5901     NSTextField * drcField;
5902     if (sender == fAudTrack1MixPopUp)
5903     {
5904         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
5905         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5906         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
5907         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
5908         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
5909         drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
5910         drcField = fAudTrack1DrcField;
5911     }
5912     else if (sender == fAudTrack2MixPopUp)
5913     {
5914         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
5915         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5916         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
5917         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
5918         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
5919         drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
5920         drcField = fAudTrack2DrcField;
5921     }
5922     else if (sender == fAudTrack3MixPopUp)
5923     {
5924         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
5925         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5926         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
5927         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
5928         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
5929         drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
5930         drcField = fAudTrack3DrcField;
5931     }
5932     else
5933     {
5934         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
5935         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5936         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
5937         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
5938         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
5939         drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
5940         drcField = fAudTrack4DrcField;
5941     }
5942     acodec = [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5943     /* storage variable for the min and max bitrate allowed for this codec */
5944     int minbitrate;
5945     int maxbitrate;
5946
5947     switch( acodec )
5948     {
5949         case HB_ACODEC_FAAC:
5950             /* check if we have a 6ch discrete conversion in either audio track */
5951             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5952             {
5953                 /* FAAC has a minimum of 192 kbps for 6-channel discrete */
5954                 minbitrate = 192;
5955                 /* If either mixdown popup includes 6-channel discrete, then allow up to 768 kbps */
5956                 maxbitrate = 768;
5957                 break;
5958             }
5959             else
5960             {
5961                 /* FAAC is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps for stereo or mono */
5962                 minbitrate = 32;
5963                 /* note: haven't dealt with mono separately here, FAAC will just use the max it can */
5964                 maxbitrate = 320;
5965                 break;
5966             }
5967
5968         case HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC:
5969             /* check if we have a 6ch discrete conversion in either audio track */
5970             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5971             {
5972                 minbitrate = 128;
5973                 maxbitrate = 768;
5974                 break;
5975             }
5976             else
5977             {
5978                 minbitrate = 64;
5979                 maxbitrate = 320;
5980                 break;
5981             }
5982
5983             case HB_ACODEC_LAME:
5984             /* Lame is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps */
5985             minbitrate = 32;
5986             /* Lame won't encode if the bitrate is higher than 320 kbps */
5987             maxbitrate = 320;
5988             break;
5989
5990             case HB_ACODEC_VORBIS:
5991             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5992             {
5993                 /* Vorbis causes a crash if we use a bitrate below 192 kbps with 6 channel */
5994                 minbitrate = 192;
5995                 /* If either mixdown popup includes 6-channel discrete, then allow up to 384 kbps */
5996                 maxbitrate = 384;
5997                 break;
5998             }
5999             else
6000             {
6001                 /* Vorbis causes a crash if we use a bitrate below 48 kbps */
6002                 minbitrate = 48;
6003                 /* Vorbis can cope with 384 kbps quite happily, even for stereo */
6004                 maxbitrate = 384;
6005                 break;
6006             }
6007
6008             default:
6009             /* AC3 passthru disables the bitrate dropdown anyway, so we might as well just use the min and max bitrate */
6010             minbitrate = 32;
6011             maxbitrate = 384;
6012
6013     }
6014
6015     /* make sure we have a selected title before continuing */
6016     if (fTitle == NULL || hb_list_count( fTitle->list_audio ) == 0) return;
6017     /* get the audio so we can find out what input rates are*/
6018     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
6019     audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, [audiotrackPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1 );
6020     int inputbitrate = audio->in.bitrate / 1000;
6021     int inputsamplerate = audio->in.samplerate;
6022
6023     if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] != HB_ACODEC_AC3 && [[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] != HB_ACODEC_DCA)
6024     {
6025         [bitratePopUp removeAllItems];
6026
6027         for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_bitrates_count; i++ )
6028         {
6029             if (hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate >= minbitrate && hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate <= maxbitrate)
6030             {
6031                 /* add a new menuitem for this bitrate */
6032                 NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[bitratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
6033                                         [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_bitrates[i].string]
6034                                                                       action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
6035                 /* set its tag to be the actual bitrate as an integer, so we can retrieve it later */
6036                 [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate];
6037             }
6038         }
6039
6040         /* select the default bitrate (but use 384 for 6-ch AAC) */
6041         if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
6042         {
6043             [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTag: 384];
6044         }
6045         else
6046         {
6047             [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTag: hb_audio_bitrates[hb_audio_bitrates_default].rate];
6048         }
6049     }
6050     /* populate and set the sample rate popup */
6051     /* Audio samplerate */
6052     [sampleratePopUp removeAllItems];
6053     /* we create a same as source selection (Auto) so that we can choose to use the input sample rate */
6054     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[sampleratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle: @"Auto" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
6055     [menuItem setTag: inputsamplerate];
6056
6057     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_rates_count; i++ )
6058     {
6059         NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[sampleratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
6060                                 [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_rates[i].string]
6061                                                                  action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
6062         [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_rates[i].rate];
6063     }
6064     /* We use the input sample rate as the default sample rate as downsampling just makes audio worse
6065     * and there is no compelling reason to use anything else as default, though the users default
6066     * preset will likely override any setting chosen here.
6067     */
6068     [sampleratePopUp selectItemWithTag: inputsamplerate];
6069
6070
6071     /* Since AC3 Pass Thru and DTS Pass Thru uses the input bitrate and sample rate, we get the input tracks
6072     * bitrate and display it in the bitrate popup even though libhb happily ignores any bitrate input from
6073     * the gui. We do this for better user feedback in the audio tab as well as the queue for the most part
6074     */
6075     if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
6076     {
6077
6078         /* lets also set the bitrate popup to the input bitrate as thats what passthru will use */
6079         [bitratePopUp removeAllItems];
6080         NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[bitratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
6081                                 [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d", inputbitrate]
6082                                                               action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
6083         [menuItem setTag: inputbitrate];
6084         /* For ac3 passthru we disable the sample rate and bitrate popups as well as the drc slider*/
6085         [bitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
6086         [sampleratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
6087
6088         [drcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
6089         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: drcSlider];
6090         [drcSlider setEnabled: NO];
6091         [drcField setEnabled: NO];
6092     }
6093     else
6094     {
6095         [sampleratePopUp setEnabled: YES];
6096         [bitratePopUp setEnabled: YES];
6097         [drcSlider setEnabled: YES];
6098         [drcField setEnabled: YES];
6099     }
6100 [self calculateBitrate:nil];
6101 }
6102
6103 - (IBAction) audioDRCSliderChanged: (id) sender
6104 {
6105     NSSlider * drcSlider;
6106     NSTextField * drcField;
6107     if (sender == fAudTrack1DrcSlider)
6108     {
6109         drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
6110         drcField = fAudTrack1DrcField;
6111     }
6112     else if (sender == fAudTrack2DrcSlider)
6113     {
6114         drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
6115         drcField = fAudTrack2DrcField;
6116     }
6117     else if (sender == fAudTrack3DrcSlider)
6118     {
6119         drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
6120         drcField = fAudTrack3DrcField;
6121     }
6122     else
6123     {
6124         drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
6125         drcField = fAudTrack4DrcField;
6126     }
6127
6128     /* If we are between 0.0 and 1.0 on the slider, snap it to 1.0 */
6129     if ([drcSlider floatValue] > 0.0 && [drcSlider floatValue] < 1.0)
6130     {
6131         [drcSlider setFloatValue:1.0];
6132     }
6133
6134
6135     [drcField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", [drcSlider floatValue]]];
6136     /* For now, do not call this until we have an intelligent way to determine audio track selections
6137     * compared to presets
6138     */
6139     //[self customSettingUsed: sender];
6140 }
6141
6142 #pragma mark -
6143
6144 - (IBAction) browseImportSrtFile: (id) sender
6145 {
6146
6147     NSOpenPanel * panel;
6148
6149     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
6150     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
6151     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
6152     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: NO ];
6153     NSString * sourceDirectory;
6154         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSrtImportDirectory"])
6155         {
6156                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSrtImportDirectory"];
6157         }
6158         else
6159         {
6160                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
6161                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
6162         }
6163     /* we open up the browse srt sheet here and call for browseImportSrtFileDone after the sheet is closed */
6164     NSArray *fileTypes = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:@"plist", @"srt", nil];
6165     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: fileTypes
6166                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
6167                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseImportSrtFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
6168                       contextInfo: sender];
6169 }
6170
6171 - (void) browseImportSrtFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
6172                      returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
6173 {
6174     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
6175     {
6176         NSString *importSrtDirectory = [[sheet filename] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
6177         NSString *importSrtFilePath = [sheet filename];
6178         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:importSrtDirectory forKey:@"LastSrtImportDirectory"];
6179
6180         /* now pass the string off to fSubtitlesDelegate to add the srt file to the dropdown */
6181         [fSubtitlesDelegate createSubtitleSrtTrack:importSrtFilePath];
6182
6183         [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
6184
6185     }
6186 }
6187
6188 #pragma mark -
6189 #pragma mark Open New Windows
6190
6191 - (IBAction) openHomepage: (id) sender
6192 {
6193     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
6194         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/"]];
6195 }
6196
6197 - (IBAction) openForums: (id) sender
6198 {
6199     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
6200         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/forum/"]];
6201 }
6202 - (IBAction) openUserGuide: (id) sender
6203 {
6204     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
6205         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/trac/wiki/HandBrakeGuide"]];
6206 }
6207
6208 /**
6209  * Shows debug output window.
6210  */
6211 - (IBAction)showDebugOutputPanel:(id)sender
6212 {
6213     [outputPanel showOutputPanel:sender];
6214 }
6215
6216 /**
6217  * Shows preferences window.
6218  */
6219 - (IBAction) showPreferencesWindow: (id) sender
6220 {
6221     NSWindow * window = [fPreferencesController window];
6222     if (![window isVisible])
6223         [window center];
6224
6225     [window makeKeyAndOrderFront: nil];
6226 }
6227
6228 /**
6229  * Shows queue window.
6230  */
6231 - (IBAction) showQueueWindow:(id)sender
6232 {
6233     [fQueueController showQueueWindow:sender];
6234 }
6235
6236
6237 - (IBAction) toggleDrawer:(id)sender {
6238     [fPresetDrawer toggle:self];
6239 }
6240
6241 /**
6242  * Shows Picture Settings Window.
6243  */
6244
6245 - (IBAction) showPicturePanel: (id) sender
6246 {
6247         [fPictureController showPictureWindow:sender];
6248 }
6249
6250 - (void) picturePanelFullScreen
6251 {
6252         [fPictureController setToFullScreenMode];
6253 }
6254
6255 - (void) picturePanelWindowed
6256 {
6257         [fPictureController setToWindowedMode];
6258 }
6259
6260 - (IBAction) showPreviewWindow: (id) sender
6261 {
6262         [fPictureController showPreviewWindow:sender];
6263 }
6264
6265 #pragma mark -
6266 #pragma mark Preset Outline View Methods
6267 #pragma mark - Required
6268 /* These are required by the NSOutlineView Datasource Delegate */
6269
6270
6271 /* used to specify the number of levels to show for each item */
6272 - (int)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView numberOfChildrenOfItem:(id)item
6273 {
6274     /* currently use no levels to test outline view viability */
6275     if (item == nil) // for an outline view the root level of the hierarchy is always nil
6276     {
6277         return [UserPresets count];
6278     }
6279     else
6280     {
6281         /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
6282         NSArray *children = nil;
6283         children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6284         if ([children count] > 0)
6285         {
6286             return [children count];
6287         }
6288         else
6289         {
6290             return 0;
6291         }
6292     }
6293 }
6294
6295 /* We use this to deterimine children of an item */
6296 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView child:(NSInteger)index ofItem:(id)item
6297 {
6298
6299     /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
6300     NSArray *children = nil;
6301     if (item == nil)
6302     {
6303         children = UserPresets;
6304     }
6305     else
6306     {
6307         if ([item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6308         {
6309             children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6310         }
6311     }
6312     if ((children == nil) || ( [children count] <= (NSUInteger) index))
6313     {
6314         return nil;
6315     }
6316     else
6317     {
6318         return [children objectAtIndex:index];
6319     }
6320
6321
6322     // We are only one level deep, so we can't be asked about children
6323     //NSAssert (NO, @"Presets View outlineView:child:ofItem: currently can't handle nested items.");
6324     //return nil;
6325 }
6326
6327 /* We use this to determine if an item should be expandable */
6328 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView isItemExpandable:(id)item
6329 {
6330
6331     /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
6332     NSArray *children= nil;
6333     if (item == nil)
6334     {
6335         children = UserPresets;
6336     }
6337     else
6338     {
6339         if ([item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6340         {
6341             children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6342         }
6343     }
6344
6345     /* To deterimine if an item should show a disclosure triangle
6346      * we could do it by the children count as so:
6347      * if ([children count] < 1)
6348      * However, lets leave the triangle show even if there are no
6349      * children to help indicate a folder, just like folder in the
6350      * finder can show a disclosure triangle even when empty
6351      */
6352
6353     /* We need to determine if the item is a folder */
6354    if ([[item objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
6355    {
6356         return YES;
6357     }
6358     else
6359     {
6360         return NO;
6361     }
6362
6363 }
6364
6365 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView shouldExpandItem:(id)item
6366 {
6367     // Our outline view has no levels, but we can still expand every item. Doing so
6368     // just makes the row taller. See heightOfRowByItem below.
6369 //return ![(HBQueueOutlineView*)outlineView isDragging];
6370
6371 return YES;
6372 }
6373
6374
6375 /* Used to tell the outline view which information is to be displayed per item */
6376 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView objectValueForTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn byItem:(id)item
6377 {
6378         /* We have two columns right now, icon and PresetName */
6379
6380     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6381     {
6382         return [item objectForKey:@"PresetName"];
6383     }
6384     else
6385     {
6386         //return @"";
6387         return nil;
6388     }
6389 }
6390
6391 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView itemForPersistentObject:(id)object
6392 {
6393     return [NSKeyedUnarchiver unarchiveObjectWithData:object];
6394 }
6395 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView persistentObjectForItem:(id)item
6396 {
6397     return [NSKeyedArchiver archivedDataWithRootObject:item];
6398 }
6399
6400 #pragma mark - Added Functionality (optional)
6401 /* Use to customize the font and display characteristics of the title cell */
6402 - (void)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView willDisplayCell:(id)cell forTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn item:(id)item
6403 {
6404     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6405     {
6406         NSFont *txtFont;
6407         NSColor *fontColor;
6408         NSColor *shadowColor;
6409         txtFont = [NSFont systemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
6410         /*check to see if its a selected row */
6411         if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] == [fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem:item])
6412         {
6413
6414             fontColor = [NSColor blackColor];
6415             shadowColor = [NSColor colorWithDeviceRed:(127.0/255.0) green:(140.0/255.0) blue:(160.0/255.0) alpha:1.0];
6416         }
6417         else
6418         {
6419             if ([[item objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
6420             {
6421                 fontColor = [NSColor blueColor];
6422             }
6423             else // User created preset, use a black font
6424             {
6425                 fontColor = [NSColor blackColor];
6426             }
6427             /* check to see if its a folder */
6428             //if ([[item objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
6429             //{
6430             //fontColor = [NSColor greenColor];
6431             //}
6432
6433
6434         }
6435         /* We use Bold Text for the HB Default */
6436         if ([[item objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1)// 1 is HB default
6437         {
6438             txtFont = [NSFont boldSystemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
6439         }
6440         /* We use Bold Text for the User Specified Default */
6441         if ([[item objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2)// 2 is User default
6442         {
6443             txtFont = [NSFont boldSystemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
6444         }
6445
6446
6447         [cell setTextColor:fontColor];
6448         [cell setFont:txtFont];
6449
6450     }
6451 }
6452
6453 /* We use this to edit the name field in the outline view */
6454 - (void)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView setObjectValue:(id)object forTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn byItem:(id)item
6455 {
6456     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6457     {
6458         id theRecord;
6459
6460         theRecord = item;
6461         [theRecord setObject:object forKey:@"PresetName"];
6462
6463         [self sortPresets];
6464
6465         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6466         /* We save all of the preset data here */
6467         [self savePreset];
6468     }
6469 }
6470 /* We use this to provide tooltips for the items in the presets outline view */
6471 - (NSString *)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView toolTipForCell:(NSCell *)cell rect:(NSRectPointer)rect tableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tc item:(id)item mouseLocation:(NSPoint)mouseLocation
6472 {
6473     //if ([[tc identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6474     //{
6475         /* initialize the tooltip contents variable */
6476         NSString *loc_tip;
6477         /* if there is a description for the preset, we show it in the tooltip */
6478         if ([item objectForKey:@"PresetDescription"])
6479         {
6480             loc_tip = [item objectForKey:@"PresetDescription"];
6481             return (loc_tip);
6482         }
6483         else
6484         {
6485             loc_tip = @"No description available";
6486         }
6487         return (loc_tip);
6488     //}
6489 }
6490
6491 #pragma mark -
6492 #pragma mark Preset Outline View Methods (dragging related)
6493
6494
6495 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView writeItems:(NSArray *)items toPasteboard:(NSPasteboard *)pboard
6496 {
6497         // Dragging is only allowed for custom presets.
6498     //[[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1
6499         if ([[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // 0 is built in preset
6500     {
6501         return NO;
6502     }
6503     // Don't retain since this is just holding temporaral drag information, and it is
6504     //only used during a drag!  We could put this in the pboard actually.
6505     fDraggedNodes = items;
6506     // Provide data for our custom type, and simple NSStrings.
6507     [pboard declareTypes:[NSArray arrayWithObjects: DragDropSimplePboardType, nil] owner:self];
6508
6509     // the actual data doesn't matter since DragDropSimplePboardType drags aren't recognized by anyone but us!.
6510     [pboard setData:[NSData data] forType:DragDropSimplePboardType];
6511
6512     return YES;
6513 }
6514
6515 - (NSDragOperation)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView validateDrop:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)info proposedItem:(id)item proposedChildIndex:(NSInteger)index
6516 {
6517
6518         // Don't allow dropping ONTO an item since they can't really contain any children.
6519
6520     BOOL isOnDropTypeProposal = index == NSOutlineViewDropOnItemIndex;
6521     if (isOnDropTypeProposal)
6522         return NSDragOperationNone;
6523
6524     // Don't allow dropping INTO an item since they can't really contain any children as of yet.
6525         if (item != nil)
6526         {
6527                 index = [fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem: item] + 1;
6528                 item = nil;
6529         }
6530
6531     // Don't allow dropping into the Built In Presets.
6532     if (index < presetCurrentBuiltInCount)
6533     {
6534         return NSDragOperationNone;
6535         index = MAX (index, presetCurrentBuiltInCount);
6536         }
6537
6538     [outlineView setDropItem:item dropChildIndex:index];
6539     return NSDragOperationGeneric;
6540 }
6541
6542
6543
6544 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView acceptDrop:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)info item:(id)item childIndex:(NSInteger)index
6545 {
6546     /* first, lets see if we are dropping into a folder */
6547     if ([[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"Folder"] && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1) // if its a folder
6548         {
6549     NSMutableArray *childrenArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
6550     childrenArray = [[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6551     [childrenArray addObject:item];
6552     [[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: childrenArray] forKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6553     [childrenArray autorelease];
6554     }
6555     else // We are not, so we just move the preset into the existing array
6556     {
6557         NSMutableIndexSet *moveItems = [NSMutableIndexSet indexSet];
6558         id obj;
6559         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [fDraggedNodes objectEnumerator];
6560         while (obj = [enumerator nextObject])
6561         {
6562             [moveItems addIndex:[UserPresets indexOfObject:obj]];
6563         }
6564         // Successful drop, lets rearrange the view and save it all
6565         [self moveObjectsInPresetsArray:UserPresets fromIndexes:moveItems toIndex: index];
6566     }
6567     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6568     [self savePreset];
6569     return YES;
6570 }
6571
6572 - (void)moveObjectsInPresetsArray:(NSMutableArray *)array fromIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexSet toIndex:(NSUInteger)insertIndex
6573 {
6574     NSUInteger index = [indexSet lastIndex];
6575     NSUInteger aboveInsertIndexCount = 0;
6576
6577     NSUInteger removeIndex;
6578
6579     if (index >= insertIndex)
6580     {
6581         removeIndex = index + aboveInsertIndexCount;
6582         aboveInsertIndexCount++;
6583     }
6584     else
6585     {
6586         removeIndex = index;
6587         insertIndex--;
6588     }
6589
6590     id object = [[array objectAtIndex:removeIndex] retain];
6591     [array removeObjectAtIndex:removeIndex];
6592     [array insertObject:object atIndex:insertIndex];
6593     [object release];
6594
6595     index = [indexSet indexLessThanIndex:index];
6596 }
6597
6598
6599
6600 #pragma mark - Functional Preset NSOutlineView Methods
6601
6602 - (IBAction)selectPreset:(id)sender
6603 {
6604
6605     if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] != 1)
6606     {
6607         chosenPreset = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
6608         [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]];
6609
6610         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1)
6611         {
6612             [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@ (Default)", [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]]];
6613         }
6614         else
6615         {
6616             [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]];
6617         }
6618
6619         /* File Format */
6620         [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"FileFormat"]];
6621         [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
6622
6623         /* Chapter Markers*/
6624         [fCreateChapterMarkers setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue]];
6625         /* check to see if we have only one chapter */
6626         [self chapterPopUpChanged:nil];
6627
6628         /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
6629         [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue]];
6630         /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
6631         [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue]];
6632
6633         /* Video encoder */
6634         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoEncoder"]];
6635         /* We set the advanced opt string here if applicable*/
6636         [fAdvancedOptions setOptions:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"x264Option"]];
6637
6638         /* Lets run through the following functions to get variables set there */
6639         [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
6640         /* Set the state of ipod compatible with Mp4iPodCompatible. Only for x264*/
6641         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue]];
6642         [self calculateBitrate:nil];
6643
6644         /* Video quality */
6645         [fVidQualityMatrix selectCellAtRow:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] column:0];
6646
6647         [fVidTargetSizeField setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTargetSize"]];
6648         [fVidBitrateField setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"]];
6649
6650         /* Since we are now using RF Values for the slider, we detect if the preset uses an old quality float.
6651          * So, check to see if the quality value is less than 1.0 which should indicate the old ".062" type
6652          * quality preset. Caveat: in the case of x264, where the RF scale starts at 0, it would misinterpret
6653          * a preset that uses 0.0 - 0.99 for RF as an old style preset. Not sure how to get around that one yet,
6654          * though it should be a corner case since it would pretty much be a preset for lossless encoding. */
6655         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue] < 1.0)
6656         {
6657             /* For the quality slider we need to convert the old percent's to the new rf scales */
6658             float rf =  (([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]);
6659             [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
6660
6661         }
6662         else
6663         {
6664             /* Since theora's qp value goes up from left to right, we can just set the slider float value */
6665             if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
6666             {
6667                 [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
6668             }
6669             else
6670             {
6671                 /* since ffmpeg and x264 use an "inverted" slider (lower qp/rf values indicate a higher quality) we invert the value on the slider */
6672                 [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] + [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) - [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
6673             }
6674         }
6675
6676         [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
6677
6678         /* Video framerate */
6679         /* For video preset video framerate, we want to make sure that Same as source does not conflict with the
6680          detected framerate in the fVidRatePopUp so we use index 0*/
6681         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"] isEqualToString:@"Same as source"])
6682         {
6683             [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6684         }
6685         else
6686         {
6687             [fVidRatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"]];
6688         }
6689
6690
6691         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
6692         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue]];
6693         [self twoPassCheckboxChanged:nil];
6694
6695         /* Turbo 1st pass for 2 Pass Encoding */
6696         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue]];
6697
6698         /*Audio*/
6699         /* First we check to see if we are using the current audio track layout based on AudioList array */
6700         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"AudioList"])
6701         {
6702
6703             /* pointer to this track's mixdown, codec, sample rate and bitrate NSPopUpButton's */
6704             NSPopUpButton * trackLangPreviousPopUp = nil;
6705             NSPopUpButton * trackLangPopUp = nil;
6706             NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp = nil;
6707             NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp = nil;
6708             NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp = nil;
6709             NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp = nil;
6710             NSSlider      * drcSlider = nil;
6711
6712
6713             /* Populate the audio widgets based on the contents of the AudioList array */
6714             int i = 0;
6715             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"AudioList"] objectEnumerator];
6716             id tempObject;
6717             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6718             {
6719                 i++;
6720                 if( i == 1 )
6721                 {
6722                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
6723                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
6724                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
6725                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
6726                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
6727                     drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
6728                 }
6729                 if( i == 2 )
6730                 {
6731                     trackLangPreviousPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
6732                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
6733                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
6734                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
6735                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
6736                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
6737                     drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
6738                 }
6739                 if( i == 3 )
6740                 {
6741                     trackLangPreviousPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
6742                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
6743                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
6744                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
6745                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
6746                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
6747                     drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
6748                 }
6749                 if( i == 4 )
6750                 {
6751                     trackLangPreviousPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
6752                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
6753                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
6754                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
6755                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
6756                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
6757                     drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
6758                 }
6759
6760
6761                 if ([trackLangPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6762                 {
6763                     if (i ==1)
6764                     {
6765                         [trackLangPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6766                     }
6767                     else
6768                     {
6769                         /* if we are greater than track 1, select
6770                          * the same track as the previous track */
6771                         [trackLangPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [trackLangPreviousPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]];
6772                     }
6773                 }
6774                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: trackLangPopUp];
6775                 [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"]];
6776                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if preset is a built in  */
6777                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0 &&
6778                     [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6779                     [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6780                 {
6781                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6782                 }
6783
6784                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiocodecPopUp];
6785                 [mixdownPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioMixdown"]];
6786                 [self audioTrackMixdownChanged: mixdownPopUp];
6787                 /* check to see if the selection was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6788                  * mixdown*/
6789                 if  ([mixdownPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6790                 {
6791                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiocodecPopUp];
6792                     [self writeToActivityLog: "presetSelected mixdown not selected, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged"];
6793                 }
6794                 [sampleratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioSamplerate"]];
6795                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6796                 if (![[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6797                 {
6798                     [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioBitrate"]];
6799                     /* check to see if the bitrate selection was available, if not, rerun audioTrackMixdownChanged using the mixdown to just set the
6800                      *default mixdown bitrate*/
6801                     if ([bitratePopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6802                     {
6803                         [self audioTrackMixdownChanged: mixdownPopUp];
6804                     }
6805                 }
6806                 [drcSlider setFloatValue:[[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6807                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: drcSlider];
6808
6809
6810                 /* If we are any track greater than 1 check to make sure we have a matching source codec is using ac3 passthru or dts passthru,
6811                  * if not we will set the track to "None". Track 1 is allowed to mixdown to a suitable DPL2 mix if we cannot passthru */
6812
6813                 if( i > 1 )
6814                 {
6815                     /* Check to see if the preset asks for a passhthru track (AC3 or DTS) and verify there is a matching source track if not, set the track to "None". */
6816                     if (([[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"] || [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"DTS Passthru"])  && [trackLangPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] != 0)
6817                     {
6818                         hb_audio_config_t * audio;
6819                         /* get the audio source audio codec */
6820                         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, [trackLangPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1 );
6821                         if (audio != NULL && [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"] && audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
6822                             [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"DTS Passthru"] && audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_DCA )
6823                         {
6824                             /* We have a preset using ac3 passthru but no ac3 source audio, so set the track to "None" and bail */
6825                             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6826                             {
6827                                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset calls for AC3 Pass thru ..."];
6828                             }
6829                             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"DTS Passthru"])
6830                             {
6831                                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset calls for DTS Pass thru ..."];
6832                             }
6833                             [self writeToActivityLog: "No matching source codec, setting track  %d to None", i];
6834                             [trackLangPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6835                             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: trackLangPopUp];
6836                         }
6837                     }
6838                 }
6839             }
6840
6841             /* We now cleanup any extra audio tracks that may have been previously set if we need to */
6842
6843             if (i < 4)
6844             {
6845                 [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6846                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
6847
6848                 if (i < 3)
6849                 {
6850                     [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6851                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
6852
6853                     if (i < 2)
6854                     {
6855                         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6856                         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
6857                     }
6858                 }
6859             }
6860
6861         }
6862         else
6863         {
6864             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] > 0)
6865             {
6866                 if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6867                 {
6868                     [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6869                 }
6870                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
6871                 [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"]];
6872                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if preset is built in */
6873                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0 &&
6874                     [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6875                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6876                 {
6877                     [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6878                 }
6879
6880                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
6881                 [fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"]];
6882                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6883                  * mixdown*/
6884                 if  ([fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6885                 {
6886                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
6887                 }
6888                 [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"]];
6889                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6890                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6891                 {
6892                     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"]];
6893                 }
6894                 [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6895                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
6896             }
6897
6898             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] > 0)
6899             {
6900                 if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6901                 {
6902                     [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6903                 }
6904                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
6905                 [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"]];
6906                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if preset is built in */
6907                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0 &&
6908                     [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6909                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6910                 {
6911                     [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6912                 }
6913                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
6914                 [fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"]];
6915                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6916                  * mixdown*/
6917                 if  ([fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6918                 {
6919                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
6920                 }
6921                 [fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"]];
6922                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6923                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6924                 {
6925                     [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"]];
6926                 }
6927                 [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6928                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
6929             }
6930             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
6931             {
6932                 if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6933                 {
6934                     [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6935                 }
6936                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
6937                 [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"]];
6938                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if preset is built in */
6939                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0 &&
6940                     [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6941                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6942                 {
6943                     [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6944                 }
6945                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
6946                 [fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"]];
6947                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6948                  * mixdown*/
6949                 if  ([fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6950                 {
6951                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
6952                 }
6953                 [fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"]];
6954                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6955                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AC3 Passthru"])
6956                 {
6957                     [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"]];
6958                 }
6959                 [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6960                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
6961             }
6962             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
6963             {
6964                 if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6965                 {
6966                     [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6967                 }
6968                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
6969                 [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"]];
6970                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if preset is built in */
6971                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0 &&
6972                     [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6973                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6974                 {
6975                     [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6976                 }
6977                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
6978                 [fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"]];
6979                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6980                  * mixdown*/
6981                 if  ([fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6982                 {
6983                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
6984                 }
6985                 [fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"]];
6986                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6987                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6988                 {
6989                     [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"]];
6990                 }
6991                 [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6992                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
6993             }
6994
6995             /* We now cleanup any extra audio tracks that may have been previously set if we need to */
6996
6997             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] == 0)
6998             {
6999                 [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
7000                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
7001             }
7002             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
7003             {
7004                 [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
7005                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
7006             }
7007             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
7008             {
7009                 [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
7010                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
7011             }
7012         }
7013
7014         /*Subtitles*/
7015         [fSubPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Subtitles"]];
7016         /* Forced Subtitles */
7017         [fSubForcedCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"SubtitlesForced"] intValue]];
7018
7019         /* Picture Settings */
7020         /* Note: objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings" refers to picture size, which encompasses:
7021          * height, width, keep ar, anamorphic and crop settings.
7022          * picture filters are handled separately below.
7023          */
7024         /* Check to see if the objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is greater than 0, as 0 means use picture sizing "None"
7025          * ( 2 is use max for source and 1 is use exact size when the preset was created ) and the
7026          * preset completely ignores any picture sizing values in the preset.
7027          */
7028         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"]  intValue] > 0)
7029         {
7030             hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
7031
7032             /* If Cropping is set to custom, then recall all four crop values from
7033              when the preset was created and apply them */
7034             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"]  intValue] == 0)
7035             {
7036                 [fPictureController setAutoCrop:NO];
7037
7038                 /* Here we use the custom crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
7039                 job->crop[0] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
7040                 job->crop[1] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
7041                 job->crop[2] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
7042                 job->crop[3] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
7043
7044             }
7045             else /* if auto crop has been saved in preset, set to auto and use post scan auto crop */
7046             {
7047                 [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
7048                 /* Here we use the auto crop values determined right after scan */
7049                 job->crop[0] = AutoCropTop;
7050                 job->crop[1] = AutoCropBottom;
7051                 job->crop[2] = AutoCropLeft;
7052                 job->crop[3] = AutoCropRight;
7053
7054             }
7055
7056             /* Set modulus */
7057             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureModulus"])
7058             {
7059                 job->modulus = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureModulus"]  intValue];
7060             }
7061             else
7062             {
7063                 job->modulus = 16;
7064             }
7065
7066             /* Check to see if the objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is 2 which is "Use Max for the source */
7067             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"]  intValue] == 2 || [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"]  intValue] == 1)
7068             {
7069                 /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
7070                 [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
7071                 job->keep_ratio = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
7072                 if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
7073                 {
7074                     hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
7075                     if( job->height > fTitle->height )
7076                     {
7077                         job->height = fTitle->height;
7078                         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
7079                     }
7080                 }
7081                 job->anamorphic.mode = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
7082             }
7083             else // /* If not 0 or 2 we assume objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is 1 which is "Use picture sizing from when the preset was set" */
7084             {
7085                 /* we check to make sure the presets width/height does not exceed the sources width/height */
7086                 if (fTitle->width < [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue] || fTitle->height < [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue])
7087                 {
7088                     /* if so, then we use the sources height and width to avoid scaling up */
7089                     //job->width = fTitle->width;
7090                     //job->height = fTitle->height;
7091                     [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
7092                 }
7093                 else // source width/height is >= the preset height/width
7094                 {
7095                     /* we can go ahead and use the presets values for height and width */
7096                     job->width = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
7097                     job->height = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
7098                 }
7099                 job->keep_ratio = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
7100                 if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
7101                 {
7102                     hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
7103                     if( job->height > fTitle->height )
7104                     {
7105                         job->height = fTitle->height;
7106                         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
7107                     }
7108                 }
7109                 job->anamorphic.mode = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
7110
7111             }
7112
7113
7114         }
7115         /* If the preset has an objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters", and handle the filters here */
7116         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"] && [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"]  intValue] > 0)
7117         {
7118             /* Filters */
7119
7120             /* We only allow *either* Decomb or Deinterlace. So check for the PictureDecombDeinterlace key.
7121              * also, older presets may not have this key, in which case we also check to see if that preset had  PictureDecomb
7122              * specified, in which case we use decomb and ignore any possible Deinterlace settings as using both was less than
7123              * sane.
7124              */
7125             [fPictureController setUseDecomb:1];
7126             [fPictureController setDecomb:0];
7127             [fPictureController setDeinterlace:0];
7128             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1 || [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
7129             {
7130                 /* we are using decomb */
7131                 /* Decomb */
7132                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
7133                 {
7134                     [fPictureController setDecomb:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue]];
7135
7136                     /* if we are using "Custom" in the decomb setting, also set the custom string*/
7137                     if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 1)
7138                     {
7139                         [fPictureController setDecombCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"]];
7140                     }
7141                 }
7142              }
7143             else
7144             {
7145                 /* We are using Deinterlace */
7146                 /* Deinterlace */
7147                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] > 0)
7148                 {
7149                     [fPictureController setUseDecomb:0];
7150                     [fPictureController setDeinterlace:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue]];
7151                     /* if we are using "Custom" in the deinterlace setting, also set the custom string*/
7152                     if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
7153                     {
7154                         [fPictureController setDeinterlaceCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"]];
7155                     }
7156                 }
7157             }
7158
7159
7160             /* Detelecine */
7161             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] > 0)
7162             {
7163                 [fPictureController setDetelecine:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue]];
7164                 /* if we are using "Custom" in the detelecine setting, also set the custom string*/
7165                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
7166                 {
7167                     [fPictureController setDetelecineCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"]];
7168                 }
7169             }
7170             else
7171             {
7172                 [fPictureController setDetelecine:0];
7173             }
7174
7175             /* Denoise */
7176             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] > 0)
7177             {
7178                 [fPictureController setDenoise:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue]];
7179                 /* if we are using "Custom" in the denoise setting, also set the custom string*/
7180                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 1)
7181                 {
7182                     [fPictureController setDenoiseCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"]];
7183                 }
7184             }
7185             else
7186             {
7187                 [fPictureController setDenoise:0];
7188             }
7189
7190             /* Deblock */
7191             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] == 1)
7192             {
7193                 /* if its a one, then its the old on/off deblock, set on to 5*/
7194                 [fPictureController setDeblock:5];
7195             }
7196             else
7197             {
7198                 /* use the settings intValue */
7199                 [fPictureController setDeblock:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue]];
7200             }
7201
7202             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue] == 1)
7203             {
7204                 [fPictureController setGrayscale:1];
7205             }
7206             else
7207             {
7208                 [fPictureController setGrayscale:0];
7209             }
7210         }
7211         /* we call SetTitle: in fPictureController so we get an instant update in the Picture Settings window */
7212         [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
7213         [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
7214         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
7215     }
7216 }
7217
7218
7219 #pragma mark -
7220 #pragma mark Manage Presets
7221
7222 - (void) loadPresets {
7223         /* We declare the default NSFileManager into fileManager */
7224         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
7225         /*We define the location of the user presets file */
7226     UserPresetsFile = @"~/Library/Application Support/HandBrake/UserPresets.plist";
7227         UserPresetsFile = [[UserPresetsFile stringByExpandingTildeInPath]retain];
7228     /* We check for the presets.plist */
7229         if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:UserPresetsFile] == 0)
7230         {
7231                 [fileManager createFileAtPath:UserPresetsFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
7232         }
7233
7234         UserPresets = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:UserPresetsFile];
7235         if (nil == UserPresets)
7236         {
7237                 UserPresets = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
7238                 [self addFactoryPresets:nil];
7239         }
7240         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7241
7242     [self checkBuiltInsForUpdates];
7243 }
7244
7245 - (void) checkBuiltInsForUpdates {
7246
7247         BOOL updateBuiltInPresets = NO;
7248     int i = 0;
7249     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7250     id tempObject;
7251     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7252     {
7253         /* iterate through the built in presets to see if any have an old build number */
7254         NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7255         /*Key Type == 0 is built in, and key PresetBuildNumber is the build number it was created with */
7256         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
7257         {
7258                         if (![thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"] || [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"] intValue] < [[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue])
7259             {
7260                 updateBuiltInPresets = YES;
7261             }
7262                 }
7263         i++;
7264     }
7265     /* if we have built in presets to update, then do so AlertBuiltInPresetUpdate*/
7266     if ( updateBuiltInPresets == YES)
7267     {
7268         if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"AlertBuiltInPresetUpdate"] == YES)
7269         {
7270             /* Show an alert window that built in presets will be updated */
7271             /*On Screen Notification*/
7272             int status;
7273             NSBeep();
7274             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake has determined your built in presets are out of date...",@"HandBrake will now update your built-in presets.", @"OK", nil, nil);
7275             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
7276         }
7277         /* when alert is dismissed, go ahead and update the built in presets */
7278         [self addFactoryPresets:nil];
7279     }
7280
7281 }
7282
7283
7284 - (IBAction) showAddPresetPanel: (id) sender
7285 {
7286     /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
7287     [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
7288
7289     /* Populate the preset picture settings popup here */
7290     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp removeAllItems];
7291     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"None"];
7292     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"Current"];
7293     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"Source Maximum (post source scan)"];
7294     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
7295     /* Uncheck the preset use filters checkbox */
7296     [fPresetNewPicFiltersCheck setState:NSOffState];
7297     // fPresetNewFolderCheck
7298     [fPresetNewFolderCheck setState:NSOffState];
7299     /* Erase info from the input fields*/
7300         [fPresetNewName setStringValue: @""];
7301         [fPresetNewDesc setStringValue: @""];
7302         /* Show the panel */
7303         [NSApp beginSheet:fAddPresetPanel modalForWindow:fWindow modalDelegate:nil didEndSelector:NULL contextInfo:NULL];
7304 }
7305
7306 - (IBAction) closeAddPresetPanel: (id) sender
7307 {
7308     [NSApp endSheet: fAddPresetPanel];
7309     [fAddPresetPanel orderOut: self];
7310 }
7311
7312 - (IBAction)addUserPreset:(id)sender
7313 {
7314     if (![[fPresetNewName stringValue] length])
7315             NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"You need to insert a name for the preset.", @"OK", nil , nil);
7316     else
7317     {
7318         /* Here we create a custom user preset */
7319         [UserPresets addObject:[self createPreset]];
7320         [self addPreset];
7321
7322         [self closeAddPresetPanel:nil];
7323     }
7324 }
7325 - (void)addPreset
7326 {
7327
7328
7329         /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
7330     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7331    /* We save all of the preset data here */
7332     [self savePreset];
7333 }
7334
7335 - (void)sortPresets
7336 {
7337
7338
7339         /* We Sort the Presets By Factory or Custom */
7340         NSSortDescriptor * presetTypeDescriptor=[[[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"Type"
7341                                                     ascending:YES] autorelease];
7342         /* We Sort the Presets Alphabetically by name  We do not use this now as we have drag and drop*/
7343         /*
7344     NSSortDescriptor * presetNameDescriptor=[[[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"PresetName"
7345                                                     ascending:YES selector:@selector(caseInsensitiveCompare:)] autorelease];
7346         //NSArray *sortDescriptors=[NSArray arrayWithObjects:presetTypeDescriptor,presetNameDescriptor,nil];
7347
7348     */
7349     /* Since we can drag and drop our custom presets, lets just sort by type and not name */
7350     NSArray *sortDescriptors=[NSArray arrayWithObjects:presetTypeDescriptor,nil];
7351         NSArray *sortedArray=[UserPresets sortedArrayUsingDescriptors:sortDescriptors];
7352         [UserPresets setArray:sortedArray];
7353
7354
7355 }
7356
7357 - (IBAction)insertPreset:(id)sender
7358 {
7359     int index = [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow];
7360     [UserPresets insertObject:[self createPreset] atIndex:index];
7361     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7362     [self savePreset];
7363 }
7364
7365 - (NSDictionary *)createPreset
7366 {
7367     NSMutableDictionary *preset = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7368     /* Preset build number */
7369     [preset setObject:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", [[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue]] forKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"];
7370     [preset setObject:[fPresetNewName stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
7371         /* Get the New Preset Name from the field in the AddPresetPanel */
7372     [preset setObject:[fPresetNewName stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
7373     /* Set whether or not this is to be a folder fPresetNewFolderCheck*/
7374     [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithBool:[fPresetNewFolderCheck state]] forKey:@"Folder"];
7375         /*Set whether or not this is a user preset or factory 0 is factory, 1 is user*/
7376         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"Type"];
7377         /*Set whether or not this is default, at creation set to 0*/
7378         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7379     if ([fPresetNewFolderCheck state] == YES)
7380     {
7381         /* initialize and set an empty array for children here since we are a new folder */
7382         NSMutableArray *childrenArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
7383         [preset setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: childrenArray] forKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
7384         [childrenArray autorelease];
7385     }
7386     else // we are not creating a preset folder, so we go ahead with the rest of the preset info
7387     {
7388         /*Get the whether or not to apply pic Size and Cropping (includes Anamorphic)*/
7389         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"];
7390         /* Get whether or not to use the current Picture Filter settings for the preset */
7391         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetNewPicFiltersCheck state]] forKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"];
7392
7393         /* Get New Preset Description from the field in the AddPresetPanel*/
7394         [preset setObject:[fPresetNewDesc stringValue] forKey:@"PresetDescription"];
7395         /* File Format */
7396         [preset setObject:[fDstFormatPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"FileFormat"];
7397         /* Chapter Markers fCreateChapterMarkers*/
7398         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fCreateChapterMarkers state]] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
7399         /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
7400         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4LargeFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"];
7401         /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
7402         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"];
7403         /* Add iPod uuid atom */
7404         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4iPodFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"];
7405
7406         /* Codecs */
7407         /* Video encoder */
7408         [preset setObject:[fVidEncoderPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoEncoder"];
7409         /* x264 Option String */
7410         [preset setObject:[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] forKey:@"x264Option"];
7411
7412         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow]] forKey:@"VideoQualityType"];
7413         [preset setObject:[fVidTargetSizeField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoTargetSize"];
7414         [preset setObject:[fVidBitrateField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"];
7415         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fVidQualityRFField floatValue]] forKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"];
7416
7417         /* Video framerate */
7418         if ([fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) // Same as source is selected
7419         {
7420             [preset setObject:@"Same as source" forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
7421         }
7422         else // we can record the actual titleOfSelectedItem
7423         {
7424             [preset setObject:[fVidRatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
7425         }
7426
7427         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
7428         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTwoPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTwoPass"];
7429         /* Turbo 2 pass Encoding fVidTurboPassCheck*/
7430         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTurboPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"];
7431         /*Picture Settings*/
7432         hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
7433         /* Picture Sizing */
7434         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
7435         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
7436         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
7437         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
7438         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
7439         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
7440         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->modulus] forKey:@"PictureModulus"];
7441
7442         /* Set crop settings here */
7443         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
7444         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
7445         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
7446         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
7447         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
7448
7449         /* Picture Filters */
7450         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController useDecomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"];
7451         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deinterlace]] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"];
7452         [preset setObject:[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"];
7453         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController detelecine]] forKey:@"PictureDetelecine"];
7454         [preset setObject:[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"];
7455         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController denoise]] forKey:@"PictureDenoise"];
7456         [preset setObject:[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"];
7457         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deblock]] forKey:@"PictureDeblock"];
7458         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController decomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecomb"];
7459         [preset setObject:[fPictureController decombCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"];
7460         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController grayscale]] forKey:@"VideoGrayScale"];
7461
7462         /*Audio*/
7463         NSMutableArray *audioListArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
7464         /* we actually call the methods for the nests here */
7465         if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7466         {
7467             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack1Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7468             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7469             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudLang1PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7470             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7471             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7472             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7473             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7474             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack1DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7475             [audioTrack1Array autorelease];
7476             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack1Array];
7477         }
7478
7479         if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7480         {
7481             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack2Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7482             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7483             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudLang2PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7484             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7485             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7486             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7487             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7488             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack2DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7489             [audioTrack2Array autorelease];
7490             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack2Array];
7491         }
7492
7493         if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7494         {
7495             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack3Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7496             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7497             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudLang3PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7498             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7499             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7500             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7501             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7502             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack3DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7503             [audioTrack3Array autorelease];
7504             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack3Array];
7505         }
7506
7507         if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7508         {
7509             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack4Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7510             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7511             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudLang4PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7512             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7513             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7514             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7515             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7516             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack4DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7517             [audioTrack4Array autorelease];
7518             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack4Array];
7519         }
7520
7521
7522         [preset setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: audioListArray] forKey:@"AudioList"];
7523
7524
7525         /* Temporarily remove subtitles from creating a new preset as it has to be converted over to use the new
7526          * subititle array code. */
7527         /* Subtitles*/
7528         //[preset setObject:[fSubPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Subtitles"];
7529         /* Forced Subtitles */
7530         //[preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSubForcedCheck state]] forKey:@"SubtitlesForced"];
7531     }
7532     [preset autorelease];
7533     return preset;
7534
7535 }
7536
7537 - (void)savePreset
7538 {
7539     [UserPresets writeToFile:UserPresetsFile atomically:YES];
7540         /* We get the default preset in case it changed */
7541         [self getDefaultPresets:nil];
7542
7543 }
7544
7545 - (IBAction)deletePreset:(id)sender
7546 {
7547
7548
7549     if ( [fPresetsOutlineView numberOfSelectedRows] == 0 )
7550     {
7551         return;
7552     }
7553     /* Alert user before deleting preset */
7554         int status;
7555     status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"Are you sure that you want to delete the selected preset?", @"OK", @"Cancel", nil);
7556
7557     if ( status == NSAlertDefaultReturn )
7558     {
7559         int presetToModLevel = [fPresetsOutlineView levelForItem: [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
7560         NSDictionary *presetToMod = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
7561         NSDictionary *presetToModParent = [fPresetsOutlineView parentForItem: presetToMod];
7562
7563         NSEnumerator *enumerator;
7564         NSMutableArray *presetsArrayToMod;
7565         NSMutableArray *tempArray;
7566         id tempObject;
7567         /* If we are a root level preset, we are modding the UserPresets array */
7568         if (presetToModLevel == 0)
7569         {
7570             presetsArrayToMod = UserPresets;
7571         }
7572         else // We have a parent preset, so we modify the chidren array object for key
7573         {
7574             presetsArrayToMod = [presetToModParent objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
7575         }
7576
7577         enumerator = [presetsArrayToMod objectEnumerator];
7578         tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
7579
7580         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7581         {
7582             NSDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7583             if (thisPresetDict == presetToMod)
7584             {
7585                 [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
7586             }
7587         }
7588
7589         [presetsArrayToMod removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
7590         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7591         [self savePreset];
7592     }
7593 }
7594
7595
7596 #pragma mark -
7597 #pragma mark Import Export Preset(s)
7598
7599 - (IBAction) browseExportPresetFile: (id) sender
7600 {
7601     /* Open a panel to let the user choose where and how to save the export file */
7602     NSSavePanel * panel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
7603         /* We get the current file name and path from the destination field here */
7604     NSString *defaultExportDirectory = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@/Desktop/", NSHomeDirectory()];
7605
7606         [panel beginSheetForDirectory: defaultExportDirectory file: @"HB_Export.plist"
7607                                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
7608                                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseExportPresetFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
7609                                           contextInfo: NULL];
7610 }
7611
7612 - (void) browseExportPresetFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
7613                    returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
7614 {
7615     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
7616     {
7617         NSString *presetExportDirectory = [[sheet filename] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
7618         NSString *exportPresetsFile = [sheet filename];
7619         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:presetExportDirectory forKey:@"LastPresetExportDirectory"];
7620         /* We check for the presets.plist */
7621         if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:exportPresetsFile] == 0)
7622         {
7623             [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createFileAtPath:exportPresetsFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
7624         }
7625         NSMutableArray * presetsToExport = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:exportPresetsFile];
7626         if (nil == presetsToExport)
7627         {
7628             presetsToExport = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
7629
7630             /* now get and add selected presets to export */
7631
7632         }
7633         if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] != 1)
7634         {
7635             [presetsToExport addObject:[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
7636             [presetsToExport writeToFile:exportPresetsFile atomically:YES];
7637
7638         }
7639
7640     }
7641 }
7642
7643
7644 - (IBAction) browseImportPresetFile: (id) sender
7645 {
7646
7647     NSOpenPanel * panel;
7648
7649     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
7650     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
7651     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
7652     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: NO ];
7653     NSString * sourceDirectory;
7654         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastPresetImportDirectory"])
7655         {
7656                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastPresetImportDirectory"];
7657         }
7658         else
7659         {
7660                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
7661                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
7662         }
7663     /* we open up the browse sources sheet here and call for browseSourcesDone after the sheet is closed
7664         * to evaluate whether we want to specify a title, we pass the sender in the contextInfo variable
7665         */
7666     /* set this for allowed file types, not sure if we should allow xml or not */
7667     NSArray *fileTypes = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:@"plist", @"xml", nil];
7668     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: fileTypes
7669                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
7670                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseImportPresetDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
7671                       contextInfo: sender];
7672 }
7673
7674 - (void) browseImportPresetDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
7675                      returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
7676 {
7677     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
7678     {
7679         NSString *importPresetsDirectory = [[sheet filename] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
7680         NSString *importPresetsFile = [sheet filename];
7681         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:importPresetsDirectory forKey:@"LastPresetImportDirectory"];
7682         /* NOTE: here we need to do some sanity checking to verify we do not hose up our presets file   */
7683         NSMutableArray * presetsToImport = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:importPresetsFile];
7684         /* iterate though the new array of presets to import and add them to our presets array */
7685         int i = 0;
7686         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [presetsToImport objectEnumerator];
7687         id tempObject;
7688         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7689         {
7690             /* make any changes to the incoming preset we see fit */
7691             /* make sure the incoming preset is not tagged as default */
7692             [tempObject setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7693             /* prepend "(imported) to the name of the incoming preset for clarification since it can be changed */
7694             NSString * prependedName = [@"(import) " stringByAppendingString:[tempObject objectForKey:@"PresetName"]] ;
7695             [tempObject setObject:prependedName forKey:@"PresetName"];
7696
7697             /* actually add the new preset to our presets array */
7698             [UserPresets addObject:tempObject];
7699             i++;
7700         }
7701         [presetsToImport autorelease];
7702         [self sortPresets];
7703         [self addPreset];
7704
7705     }
7706 }
7707
7708 #pragma mark -
7709 #pragma mark Manage Default Preset
7710
7711 - (IBAction)getDefaultPresets:(id)sender
7712 {
7713         presetHbDefault = nil;
7714     presetUserDefault = nil;
7715     presetUserDefaultParent = nil;
7716     presetUserDefaultParentParent = nil;
7717     NSMutableDictionary *presetHbDefaultParent = nil;
7718     NSMutableDictionary *presetHbDefaultParentParent = nil;
7719
7720     int i = 0;
7721     BOOL userDefaultFound = NO;
7722     presetCurrentBuiltInCount = 0;
7723     /* First we iterate through the root UserPresets array to check for defaults */
7724     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7725         id tempObject;
7726         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7727         {
7728                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7729                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
7730                 {
7731                         presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
7732                 }
7733                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
7734                 {
7735                         presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
7736             userDefaultFound = YES;
7737         }
7738         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // Type 0 is a built in preset
7739         {
7740                         presetCurrentBuiltInCount++; // <--increment the current number of built in presets
7741                 }
7742                 i++;
7743
7744         /* if we run into a folder, go to level 1 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7745         if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7746         {
7747             NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDictParent = thisPresetDict;
7748             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7749             id tempObject;
7750             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7751             {
7752                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7753                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
7754                 {
7755                     presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
7756                     presetHbDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7757                 }
7758                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
7759                 {
7760                     presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
7761                     presetUserDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7762                     userDefaultFound = YES;
7763                 }
7764
7765                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 2 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7766                 if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7767                 {
7768                     NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDictParentParent = thisPresetDict;
7769                     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7770                     id tempObject;
7771                     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7772                     {
7773                         NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7774                         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
7775                         {
7776                             presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
7777                             presetHbDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7778                             presetHbDefaultParentParent = thisPresetDictParentParent;
7779                         }
7780                         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
7781                         {
7782                             presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
7783                             presetUserDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7784                             presetUserDefaultParentParent = thisPresetDictParentParent;
7785                             userDefaultFound = YES;
7786                         }
7787
7788                     }
7789                 }
7790             }
7791         }
7792
7793         }
7794     /* check to see if a user specified preset was found, if not then assign the parents for
7795      * the presetHbDefault so that we can open the parents for the nested presets
7796      */
7797     if (userDefaultFound == NO)
7798     {
7799         presetUserDefaultParent = presetHbDefaultParent;
7800         presetUserDefaultParentParent = presetHbDefaultParentParent;
7801     }
7802 }
7803
7804 - (IBAction)setDefaultPreset:(id)sender
7805 {
7806 /* We need to determine if the item is a folder */
7807    if ([[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
7808    {
7809    return;
7810    }
7811
7812     int i = 0;
7813     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7814         id tempObject;
7815         /* First make sure the old user specified default preset is removed */
7816     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7817         {
7818                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7819                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
7820                 {
7821                         [[UserPresets objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7822                 }
7823
7824                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 1 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7825         if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7826         {
7827             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7828             id tempObject;
7829             int ii = 0;
7830             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7831             {
7832                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict1 = tempObject;
7833                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
7834                 {
7835                     [[[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectAtIndex:ii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7836                 }
7837                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 2 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7838                 if ([thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7839                 {
7840                     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7841                     id tempObject;
7842                     int iii = 0;
7843                     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7844                     {
7845                         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
7846                         {
7847                             [[[thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectAtIndex:iii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7848                         }
7849                         iii++;
7850                     }
7851                 }
7852                 ii++;
7853             }
7854
7855         }
7856         i++;
7857         }
7858
7859
7860     int presetToModLevel = [fPresetsOutlineView levelForItem: [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
7861     NSDictionary *presetToMod = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
7862     NSDictionary *presetToModParent = [fPresetsOutlineView parentForItem: presetToMod];
7863
7864
7865     NSMutableArray *presetsArrayToMod;
7866     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
7867
7868     /* If we are a root level preset, we are modding the UserPresets array */
7869     if (presetToModLevel == 0)
7870     {
7871         presetsArrayToMod = UserPresets;
7872     }
7873     else // We have a parent preset, so we modify the chidren array object for key
7874     {
7875         presetsArrayToMod = [presetToModParent objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
7876     }
7877
7878     enumerator = [presetsArrayToMod objectEnumerator];
7879     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
7880     int iiii = 0;
7881     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7882     {
7883         NSDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7884         if (thisPresetDict == presetToMod)
7885         {
7886             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 2
7887             {
7888                 [[presetsArrayToMod objectAtIndex:iiii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"Default"];
7889             }
7890         }
7891      iiii++;
7892      }
7893
7894
7895     /* We save all of the preset data here */
7896     [self savePreset];
7897     /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
7898     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7899 }
7900
7901 - (IBAction)selectDefaultPreset:(id)sender
7902 {
7903         NSMutableDictionary *presetToMod;
7904     /* if there is a user specified default, we use it */
7905         if (presetUserDefault)
7906         {
7907         presetToMod = presetUserDefault;
7908     }
7909         else if (presetHbDefault) //else we use the built in default presetHbDefault
7910         {
7911         presetToMod = presetHbDefault;
7912         }
7913     else
7914     {
7915     return;
7916     }
7917
7918     if (presetUserDefaultParent != nil)
7919     {
7920         [fPresetsOutlineView expandItem:presetUserDefaultParent];
7921
7922     }
7923     if (presetUserDefaultParentParent != nil)
7924     {
7925         [fPresetsOutlineView expandItem:presetUserDefaultParentParent];
7926
7927     }
7928
7929     [fPresetsOutlineView selectRowIndexes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:[fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem: presetToMod]] byExtendingSelection:NO];
7930         [self selectPreset:nil];
7931 }
7932
7933
7934 #pragma mark -
7935 #pragma mark Manage Built In Presets
7936
7937
7938 - (IBAction)deleteFactoryPresets:(id)sender
7939 {
7940     //int status;
7941     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7942         id tempObject;
7943
7944         //NSNumber *index;
7945     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
7946
7947
7948         tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
7949         /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
7950         while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
7951                 {
7952                         /* if the preset is "Factory" then we put it in the array of
7953                         presets to delete */
7954                         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
7955                         {
7956                                 [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
7957                         }
7958         }
7959
7960         [UserPresets removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
7961         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7962         [self savePreset];
7963
7964 }
7965
7966    /* We use this method to recreate new, updated factory presets */
7967 - (IBAction)addFactoryPresets:(id)sender
7968 {
7969
7970     /* First, we delete any existing built in presets */
7971     [self deleteFactoryPresets: sender];
7972     /* Then we generate new built in presets programmatically with fPresetsBuiltin
7973      * which is all setup in HBPresets.h and  HBPresets.m*/
7974     [fPresetsBuiltin generateBuiltinPresets:UserPresets];
7975     /* update build number for built in presets */
7976     /* iterate though the new array of presets to import and add them to our presets array */
7977     int i = 0;
7978     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7979     id tempObject;
7980     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7981     {
7982         /* Record the apps current build number in the PresetBuildNumber key */
7983         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // Type 0 is a built in preset
7984         {
7985             /* Preset build number */
7986             [[UserPresets objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue]] forKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"];
7987         }
7988         i++;
7989     }
7990     /* report the built in preset updating to the activity log */
7991     [self writeToActivityLog: "built in presets updated to build number: %d", [[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue]];
7992
7993     [self sortPresets];
7994     [self addPreset];
7995
7996 }
7997
7998
7999 @end
8000
8001 /*******************************
8002  * Subclass of the HBPresetsOutlineView *
8003  *******************************/
8004
8005 @implementation HBPresetsOutlineView
8006 - (NSImage *)dragImageForRowsWithIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)dragRows tableColumns:(NSArray *)tableColumns event:(NSEvent*)dragEvent offset:(NSPointPointer)dragImageOffset
8007 {
8008     fIsDragging = YES;
8009
8010     // By default, NSTableView only drags an image of the first column. Change this to
8011     // drag an image of the queue's icon and PresetName columns.
8012     NSArray * cols = [NSArray arrayWithObjects: [self tableColumnWithIdentifier:@"PresetName"], nil];
8013     return [super dragImageForRowsWithIndexes:dragRows tableColumns:cols event:dragEvent offset:dragImageOffset];
8014 }
8015
8016
8017
8018 - (void) mouseDown:(NSEvent *)theEvent
8019 {
8020     [super mouseDown:theEvent];
8021         fIsDragging = NO;
8022 }
8023
8024
8025
8026 - (BOOL) isDragging;
8027 {
8028     return fIsDragging;
8029 }
8030 @end
8031
8032
8033